Skip to main content

Full text of "Four lectures on the offices and ceremonies of Holy Week, as performed in the Papal chapels : delivered in Rome in the Lent of MDCCCXXXVII"

See other formats


••H 

WnHiBHI 

RBHH 


<& 


mesm 


LIBRARY  ST.  MARY'S  COLLEGE 


LECTURES 


ON 


HOLY   WEEK. 


LONDON:    C.  RICHARDS,  PRFNTER,  ST.  MARTIN'S  LANE. 


rnr  R,,,j/,-,-j-.f- 


'/  tfa 


FOUR  LECTURES 


ON      I  III 


OFFICES  AND  CEREMONIES 


OF 


HOLY  WEEK, 


AS  PERFORMED  IN  THE  PAPAL  CHAPELS. 


DELIVERED   IN   ROME,   IN   THE   LENT    OF 


MDCCCXXXVII. 


91710 


BV 


NICHOLAS  WISEMAN,  D.  D. 

A   ° 


LONDON: 

PUBLISHED    BY    CHARLES    DOLMAN, 

(NEPHEW  AND  SDCCESSOII  TO  THE  LATE  JOSEPH  BOOKER,) 
01,  NEW  BOND  STREET. 

MDCCCXXX1X. 

LIBRARY  ST.  MARY'S  COLLEGE 


LC- 


PREFACE. 


THE  late  lamented  Cardinal  Weld  was  in 
the  habit  of  having  occasional  courses  of 
Lectures  delivered  in  his  apartments,  upon 
the  ceremonies  of  Holy  Week.  The  series 
now  offered  to  the  Public  was  one  of  these. 
The  Author  was  preceded  on  the  subject 
by  the  Right  Rev.  Dr.  England,  bishop  of 
Charleston,  in  the  United  States,  and  by 
his  much  esteemed  friend,  the  Rev.  Dr. 
Baggs,  vice-rector  of  this  College,  whose 
course  is  likewise  preparing  for  the  Press 
in  this  city.  Perhaps  a  third  series  may 
be  considered  by  some  superfluous.  In 


VI  PREFACE. 


reply  to  this  objection,  the  Author  begs 
to  remark,  that  the  plan  which  he  has 
pursued  varies  materially  from  the  other 
two  ;  inasmuch  as  they  follow  the  order 
of  the  functions  of  Holy  Week,  describing 
and  explaining  them  one  by  one,  while  he 
has  rather  endeavoured  to  give  their  spirit, 
and  suggested  principles  which  may  assist 
strangers  in  attending  them  with  profit. 
They  are  published  almost  verbatim  as  de- 
livered ;  and  they  were  prepared  without 
much  leisure  for  study.  On  undertaking, 
therefore,  to  prepare  them  for  the  press, 
he  would  have  willingly  remodelled  or  ex- 
tended them,  had  not  friends,  upon  whose 
judgment  he  could  rely,  dissuaded  him,  on 
the  ground,  that  they  would  lose  the  lighter 
character  they  originally  bore,  and  be  trans- 
formed into  treatises.  They  are  conse- 
quently sent  forth  with  most  of  their  ori- 
ginal imperfections  upon  them. 


HIKFACK.  Vll 

The  illustrations  which  accompany  this 
small  volume,  require  no  commendation 
from  the  Author,  but  only  an  acknowledg- 
ment of  his  obligations.  The  Frontispiece 
was  kindly  drawn  for  him  by  the  illustrious 
Overbeck ;  and  represents,  at  once,  the 
entire  subject  of  the  work  ;  the  Church  in- 
viting us  to  mourn  the  death  of  her  spouse, 
under  the  symbol  of  One  who,  alone  on 
earth,  could  ever  adequately  mourn  it,  with 
a  mother's  mourning  over  her  only  be- 
gotten. The  drawing  has  found  an  en- 
graver worthy  of  it,  in  Ludwig  Griiner, 
Esq.,  whose  works  will  descend  to  poste- 
rity in  close  connexion  with  those  of  the 
ancient  Roman  school  which  he  has  so  well 
followed  both  in  spirit  and  in  execution. 
Each  Vignette,  at  the  head  of  a  Lecture, 
represents  the  subject  of  which  it  treats ; 
the  Passion  of  Christ  viewed  in  relation  to 
the  arts  of  design,  to  poetry  and  music,  to 


Vlll  PREFACE. 

history  and  to  religion.  Those  at  the  close 
give  a  scene  from  each  of  the  great  days 
of  Passion-tide  : — the  first  from  Palm-Sun- 
day, the  second  from  Holy  Thursday,  the 
third  from  Good  Friday,  and  the  fourth 
from  Easter  Sunday.  For  all  these  the 
Author  is  indebted  to  the  kindness  of  W. 
Furse,  Esq.,  an  artist  whose  ability,  how- 
ever great,  is  not  the  quality  which  most 
endears  him  to  his  friends.  In  fine,  for 
the  better  understanding  of  parts  of  these 
Lectures,  the  Author  has  placed  below  a 
ground  plan  of  the  chapels  in  which  the 
principal  ceremonies  take  place,  with  their 
approaches.  This  was  drawn  for  him  by 
Sig.  Giorgioli,  a  young  architect  of.  tried 
taste,  as  will  be  proved  by  the  sepulchral 
chapel  now  erecting  from  his  designs,  by 
the  Rt.  Hon.  Lord  Clifford,  for  the  remains 
of  Cardinal  Weld  and  his  daughter,  in  the 
church  of  St.  Marcello.  If,  therefore,  the 


PREFACE. 


IX 


Author  has  shown  in  these  Lectures  the 
intimacy  of  Art  with  the  sacred  commemo- 
ration of  the  Passion,  Art  has  here  more 
than  fully  borne  him  out ;  and  proved,  by 
its  readiness  to  assist  him,  how  akin  his 
theme  is  to  its  inspirations. 

English  College,  Rome, 
Sf.  Andrews  Day,  1838. 


Keferettceu. 

1.  Staircase  mounting  from  the  Corlile 

dt'l  MtinsrinUo  to  the  Sola  Regia. 
•2.  Sal  a  Reyia. 

3.  Entrance  to  the  Gallery  from  which 
the  Papal  Benediction  is  ;/iren. 

4.  Pauline  Chapel. 

5.  Sixline  Chapel. 

6.  Papal  Throne. 

7.  Sacristy  to  the  Sixtine  Cha- 

8.  Staircase  leading  from  the      t'-:::'^-.  ~ 
Sixtine  to  St.  Peters.  &£»i   =^- 

0.   Branch   nf    the    Staircase     ,^-.v_V: 
Ifiidimj  to  the  Sola  Reyia.     i~.'.~'.~-~~- 
Id.  Srala  Regia,  leading  from    l'-~--- :-'':'- 
the  Sola  to  the  Porch  off"'"" 
Constanttne. 


Plan  of  the  Papal  Chapels. 


LECTURE  THE  FIRST. 


LECTURE  THE  FIRST. 


EXTERNAL    RELATIONS    BETWEEN    THE    FUNC- 
TIONS OF  HOLY  WEEK  AND  CHRISTIAN  ART. 

Introduction. — General  division. — These  functions  considered 
in  connexion  with  Art. —  And  first  in  their  outward  re- 
lations.— Places  in  which  they  are  performed. — The  Sixtine 
and  Pauline  Chapels. — St.  Peter's. 

OF  those  who  have  journeyed  thus  far  to  study 
the  wonders,  ancient  and  modern,  of  this  great 
city,  few,  I  believe,  will  fail  to  discover,  among 
their  motives  of  curiosity,  a  desire  to  attend  the 
offices  and  ceremonies  of  the  approaching  sea- 

B 


2  LECTURE    THE    FIRST. 

son.  This  desire  will,  indeed,  be  modified  into 
various  feelings  by  many  more  peculiar  consider- 
ations ;  there  will  be  some  who  look  forward 
to  these  scenes,  as  they  would  towards  any 
others,  big  with  novelty  and  strange  represent- 
ation ;  there  may  be  a  few  whose  prospect  is 
soured  by  harsher  preconceits,  and  the  fore- 
thought of  severe  condemnation  ;  many,  I  hope, 
desire  to  derive  from  them  a  solider  and  more 
wholesome  enjoyment,  through  the  manifold 
beauties  and  soothing  impressions  therein  to  be 
found ;  and  not  a  few,  I  am  sure,  who  have  been 
for  some  weeks  walking  through  the  painful 
avenue  that  leads  to  them,  will  prepare  their 
hearts  as  though  it  were  for  a  visit  unto  Calvary, 
and  study  to  secure  all  those  appliances  of  grace 
which  the  coming  time  may  well  aiford.  But,  to 
none  can  it  be  amiss  to  approach  with  some 
degree  of  preparation  ;  for  none  can  wish  to 
be  present  as  ignorant  spectators,  who  ap- 
plaud or  condemn  that  which  they  understand 
not.  It  would  be  but  a  sad  waste  of  time,  and 
of  long  expectation,  to  gaze,  as  though  it  were 
an  unmeaning  pageant,  on  things  full  of  deep 
mysterious  meaning;  or  to  listen  to  what  is 
said  and  sung,  unmindful  of  the  deeper  voice  of 
antiquity,  or  of  the  pathetic  words  of  religion, 
which  thrill  through  the  matchless  strains.  This 
preparation-  may  be  various,  according  to  the 


LECTURE  THE  FIRST.  3 

aspect  under  which  these  sacred  offices  are  to 
be  viewed.  Some  may  desire  to  learn  the  age 
and  origin  of  each  rite,  others  their  secret  mean- 
ing ;  one  will  be  content  with  information  re- 
garding the  outward  forms,  and  successive 
arrangements  of  the  holy  ceremonies ;  and  his 
neighbour  may  ask  by  what  laws  and  on  what 
principles  they  are  generally  regulated.  To 
satisfy  these  various  desires,  so  as  to  content 
each,  would  be  a  task  long  and  uneasy.  Neither 
would  it  be  practicable,  in  the  compass  of  a  few 
discourses,  one  by  one,  to  explain  each  ceremony, 
or,  day  by  day,  to  follow  the  functions  which 
will  be  on  each  performed.  Moreover,  such  a 
course  would  be,  to  not  a  few,  unintelligible, 
inasmuch  as  their  attention  would  soon  be 
wearied,  and  their  minds  entangled  in  the  mul- 
titude and  perplexity  of  rites  unknown  by  them 
until  now. 

I  have,  therefore,  upon  deliberation  carefully 
made,  resolved  to  follow  a  different  plan  in  this 
brief  course  of  Lectures  upon  the  Offices  and 
Ceremonies  of  Holy  Week ;  seeking  rather  to 
provide  my  hearers  with  such  previous  know- 
ledge as  I  think  necessary  for  fully  understand- 
ing them,  and  with  such  principles  as  may  lead 
them  to  form  an  accurate  estimate  of  their 
worth.  It  is  my  wish  to  prepare  the  mind  and 
the  heart,  rather  than  the  understanding  and 


4  LECTURE  THE  FIRST. 

the  senses,  and  to  secure  the  good  effect  of  the 
general  impression,  more  than  the  relish  of 
smaller  particulars.  They  who  are  anxious  to 
trace  out  the  working  of  such  general  rules,  as 
I  shall  lay  down,  in  lesser  points,  (though  I  shall 
be  careful,  in  my  application  thereof,  to  omit  no 
circumstance  of  moment)  may  still  find  it  ne- 
cessary to  consult  works  easily  procured  (as  a 
course  delivered  in  this  place,  by  the  Rt.  Rev. 
Dr.  England),  for  a  hand-book  or  accompani- 
ment to  the  ceremonies  of  Holy  Week. 

But,  before  explaining  more  particularly  the 
method  I  intend,  according  to  my  small  ability, 
to  pursue,  I  will  give  a  brief  and  condensed  view 
of  each  day's  respective  functions,  which  are 
about  to  demand  your  attention. 

The  week  which  closes  the  fast  of  Lent  is 
generally  by  us  called  The  Holy  Week.  In 
the  Latin  Church  it  bears  the  name  of  the 
greater  week  (major  hebdomeda) ,  as  it  did  of 
old  among  the  Greeks ;  according  as  St.  John 
Chrysostom  testifies.  The  Germans  call  it  the 
Charwoche — a  word  of  doubtful  etymology,  but 
probably  signifying  "  the  week  of  sorrows," 
from  char  or  kar,  grief.  In  a  similar  sense  it  is 
sometimes  termed  by  them  the  marter  woche, 
or  week  of  sufferings.*  These  various  names, 

Wachter,  torn,  i.— p.  246. 


LECTURE  THE  FIRST.  5 

some  glorious  and  others  sorrowful,  are  sufficient 
indications  of  the  event  which  the  week  com- 
memorates ;  the  only  one  in  the  annals  of  this 
world  which  can  fully  deserve  both  titles,  and 
that  which  combines  within  itself  a  greater 
portion  of  majesty  and  dignity,  and  a  larger 
share  of  grief  and  mourning,  than  any  other 
could  separately  contain.  It  is  a  week  put  by 
with  especial  consecration,  from  the  course  of 
the  year,  to  sympathize  in  our  dear  Redeemer's 
sufferings. 

The  first  day  is  known  by  the  name  of  Palm- 
Sunday,  so  called  from  the  rite  then  observed, 
in  the  Catholic  church,  of  blessing  and  distribu- 
ting palm  or  olive  branches ;  or,  where  the 
climate  does  not  produce  them,  branches  of 
other  trees,  in  commemoration  of  what  the  Jews 
did  when  Jesus  entered  into  Jerusalem.  The 
principal  function  on  that  day  takes  place  in  the 
papal  chapel,  commonly  called  "  the  Sixtine," 
and  consists  of  the  Mass.  The  only  points 
wherein  the  service  differs  from  that  of  any 
other  Sunday,  are  the  Blessing  aforesaid,  which 
is  followed  by  a  procession,  similar  to  that  of 
Candlemas-day,  round  the  Sala  regia  ;*  and 

*  The  large  and  splendid  hall,  which  connects  the  two  papal 
chapels,  known  by  the  name  of  the  Sistina  and  Paolina,  from 
the  Popes  who  erected  them,  in  which  the  principal  functions 
of  Holy  Week  are  performed. — See  the  ground  plan  at  the 
«nd  of  the  preface. 


6  LECTURE  THE  FIRST. 

the  chaunting,  in  place  of  the  gospel,  of  the 
Passion,  according  to  St.  Matthew,  in  a  peculiar 
manner,  which  will  be  touched  upon  in  its 
proper  place. 

During  the  two  following  days,  there  is  no- 
thing in  the  public  offices  of  the  Church  pecu- 
liarly attractive,  though  there  is  a  vein  of  rich 
religious  pathos  running  through  her  liturgy ; 
and  the  office,  or  public  and  private  devotions, 
prescribed  to  her  ministers  throughout  the  week, 
which  would  well  repay  the  attention  of  the 
curious.  In  fact,  the  moment  this  daily  form  of 
prayer  becomes  public,  it  seizes  powerfully  on 
the  attention  of  all ;  and  this  takes  place  for  the 
first  time  on  the  afternoon  of  Wednesday.  The 
office,  or  course  of  prayer,  daily  enjoined  by  the 
church  on  her  ministers,  is  divided  into  several 
portions,  receiving  names  from  the  hours  of  day, 
at  which,  anciently,  they  used  to  be  recited. 
The  largest  portion,  however,  may  be  more  pro- 
perly said  to  belong  to  the  night,  and  is  subdi- 
vided into  "  Matins  "  and  "  Lauds  ;"  the  first  or- 
dinarily consisting  of  nine  psalms,  and  nine 
lessons  from  Scripture  and  the  ancient  Fathers  ; 
and  the  latter  of  eight  psalms  or  canticles  of 
a  more  joyful  character,  together  with  various 
hymns,  antiphons,  chapters  and  prayers-  Since 
the  custom  of  reciting  this  portion  of  the  office 
at  midnight  has  become  confined  to  religious 
communities  (many  whereof  in  this  city,  whe- 


LECTURE  THE  FIRST.  7 

ther  of  men  or  of  women,  nightly  rise  to 
praise  God  in  that  silent  hour),  it  has  been  cus- 
tomary to  perform  it  early  in  the  morning,  or  by 
anticipation  on  the  preceding  evening.  The 
latter  is  done,  in  respect  of  the  Matins,  or  morn- 
ing office,  of  the  three  last  days  in  Holy  Week ; 
so  that  the  Matins  of  Thursday  shall  fall  on  the 
Wednesday  afternoon,  and  so  of  the  days  ensu- 
ing. And  these  are  the  offices  known  by  the 
name  of  Tenebrce,  or  darkness.  For  a  certain 
number  of  candles,  placed  on  a  triangular  stand, 
are  by  degrees  extinguished  ;  one,  that  is,  after 
each  psalm,  until  a  mystical  darkness  (it  being 
still  day)  is  produced.  These  offices  begin  each 
day  about  four  of  the  clock  in  the  afternoon,  or 
rather  sooner  ;  and  are  in  the  Pope's  chapel 
chiefly  remarkable  for  two  things.— The  first  is, 
part  of  the  Lamentations  of  Jeremiah  sung  after 
the  first  nocturne,  or  division  of  three  psalms,  in 
matins.  Three  portions  of  that  feeling  elegy 
are  given  to  each  day ;  the  first  being  arranged 
in  such  exquisite  harmony  as  ravishes  the  sense  ; 
the  two  latter  sung  by  one  voice  in  an  inflexion 
of  ancient  and  most  moving  melody.  The  se- 
cond thing  to  be  specially  noted,  is  the  well- 
known  music  of  the  Miserere,  which  closes  the 
service,  leaving  on  the  soul  a  solemn  impression 
of  harmonious  feeling  which  no  words  that  I 
have  would  describe. 


8  LECTURE  THE  FIRST. 

Thursday  is  called  by  us  Holy,  or  Maunday 
Thursday — the  second  name  being  derived  from 
the  latin  word  mandatum,  or  "  precept ;"  the 
first  word  of  the  anthem — "  A  new  command- 
ment I  give  you/'  which  is  sung  while  the  feet 
of  certain  poor  men  are  washed,  as  will  be  by 
and  by  declared.  The  office  in  the  morning 
consists  of  the  mass,  almost  in  every  respect 
like  that  of  any  other  day.  It  is  in  the  Sixtine 
chapel,  and  is  performed  in  white,  contrary  to 
the  usage  of  this  penitential  time.  But  at  its 
close,  a  very  beautiful  function  takes  place.  As, 
on  the  following  day,  it  has  been  of  most  ancient 
custom  not  to  consecrate  the  sacred  elements, 
a  previous  consecration  is  made  on  this  day  of 
bread  into  the  divine  Sacrament  of  our  Lord's 
body.  The  consecrated  species  is  borne  in  so- 
lemn procession  to  the  Pauline  chapel,  where  an 
altar,  splendidly  lighted  up,  preserves  it  till  next 
day.  This  forms  what  Catholics  know  by  the 
name  of  the  "  Sepulchre  ;"  and  it  is  customary 
to  visit  with  devotion  in  the  evening  the  churches 
where  such  altars  are  most  reverently  prepared. 

From  the  Pauline  chapel  the  pope  proceeds  to 
the  great  gallery  over  the  porch  of  St.  Peter's, 
and  thence  gives  his  blessing  to  the  people,  as- 
sembled in  the  square  below.  As  this  splendid 
ceremony  is  repeated  with  greater  magnificence 
©n  Easter-day,  and  as  it  is  almost  impossible  to 


LECTURE  THE  FIRST.  9 

return  from  it  to  witness  the  remaining  functions, 
it  may  be  as  well  for  many  to  pass  it  over,  on  this 
occasion,  and  rather  descend,  from  the  Sala 
Regia,  having  seen  the  procession,  into  the 
church,  where,  in  the  right-hand  portion  of  the 
transept  they  will  find  preparation  made  for  the 
washing  of  feet.  This  in  other  places  is  per- 
formed on  poor  men,  but  at  Rome,  by  the  Pope, 
upon  thirteen  priests,  generally  poor,  of  different 
nations,  who  are  afterwards  by  him  served  at 
table,  in  a  hall  upstairs.  For  conveniently  seeing 
all  these  functions,  tickets  are  necessary,  which 
may  be  easily  obtained.* 

Friday,  called  by  all  other  nations  that  I  know, 
holy,  has  received  amongst  us  alone,  the  better 
arid  more  moving  title  of  "  the  good."  The  ser- 
vice throughout  is  lugubrious  and  sad ;  the  throne 
and  altar  are  stripped  of  all  ornament,  the  floor 
and  seats  in  the  chapel  are  bare,  the  sacerdotal 
vestments  black.  After  some  moments  of  silent 
prostration,  the  priest  proceeds  to  a  broken  and 
almost  disordered  service,  the  Passion  according 
to  St.  John  is  chaunted,  in  the  same  strain  as 
was  St.  Matthew's  on  Palm-sunday;  then  follow 
prayers  for  all  orders  of  men;  the  image  of  Christ 

*  These  tickets  (for  ladies)  are  issued  by  Monsignor  the 
Pope's  Maggiordomo,  at  his  office  in  the  Vatican  palace.  Ap- 
plication should  be  made  for  them  through  the  resident  of  each 
one's  country,  or  through  some  person  known  to  him,  who 
thus  vouches  for  the  respectability  of  the  applicant. 


10  LECTURE  THE  FIRST. 

crucified  is  unveiled  with  solemnity  (having  been 
kept  covered  for  a  fortnight  before),  and  reve- 
rently kissed  by  all  the  clergy  on  their  knees, 
while  the  Improperia,  or  a  reproaches/'  as  they 
are  called,  are  sung  to  the  most  pathetic  music ; 
and,  finally,  a  procession  like  that  of  the  pre- 
ceding day,  having  brought  the  consecrated 
species  from  the  Pauline  chapel,  the  priest  receives 
them,  and  the  service  ends  with  Vespers  solemnly 
recited. 

In  the  afternoon,  when  the  office  of  Tenebrse 
is  finished,  the  Pope,  with  all  his  court,  descends 
into  St.  Peter's,  to  venerate  the  holy  relics  of 
Christ's  passion  which  are  there  kept. 

Saturday,  properly  speaking,  has  no  office ; 
that  which  is  performed  on  it  belong  to  the  fol- 
lowing night,  and  being  entirely  appropriate  to 
Easter.  The  attention  of  strangers  is  generally 
drawn  off  from  the  Vatican  to  the  Lateran  Basi- 
lica, where  a  long  and  complicated  function  takes 
place  ;  to  wit,  in  addition  to  the  proper  service 
performed  in  every  church,  the  conferring  of 
orders  of  every  degree,  from  the  tonsure  to  the 
priesthood  (which  may  be  witnessed  with  greater 
convenience  at  the  same  church  on  Saturday 
next),*  and  the  baptism  and  confirmation  of  any 

*  "  Sitientes"  Saturday,  or  Saturday  before  Passion-Sun- 
day. It  may  be  proper  to  add  that  the  last  Sunday  in  Lent 
is  called  in  the  Catholic  calendar  Palm-Sunday,  and  the  last 
but  one  Passion-Sunday. 


LECTURE  THE  FIRST.  1  I 

converted  Jews  or  Mahomedans  who  may  be 
ready  for  these  sacraments.  But  in  the  Pope's 
chapel  the  entire  ceremony  is  singularly  beau- 
tiful, consisting  of  the  blessing  of  new  fire,  and 
of  the  paschal  candle ;  then  of  the  Mass,  in  which, 
as  will  be  declared  in  proper  time,  a  music  is 
sung  that  should  be  dear  to  all  lovers  of  sacred 
harmony. 

In  conclusion  comes  Easter-day,  the  glorious 
consummation  and  crown  of  preceding  sorrows, 
the  goal  of  Christian  desires,  the  spring-festival, 
as  its  name  doth  signify,  after  the  griefs  of  a 
mourning  winter.  The  Pope  sings  solemn  mass 
at  the  high  altar  of  St.  Peter's,  and  at  its  close 
gives  his  benediction  to  thousands  crowded  in 
the  square  below,  many  of  whom  are  often  pil- 
grims come  from  considerable  distances.  The 
rejoicings  of  the  evening,  expressed  by  the  illu- 
mination of  St.  Peter's,  and  the  fire-works  of  the 
Castel  Sant'  Angelo,  however  notable  and 
splendid,  do  not  enter  into  the  limits  of  my 
theme. 

This  is  a  calendar,  or  brief  catalogue  of  the 
principal  scenes  which  will  shortly  invite  your 
attention.  They  will  be  much  disappointed  who 
expect  any  gorgeous  display  of  laboured  cere- 
monial, or  sudden  bursts  of  theatrical  effect,  or 
many  overpowering  strokes  of  choral  music. 
With  the  exception  of  the  ceremonies  of  Easter- 


12  LECTURE  THE  FIRST. 

day,  where  the  massive  action  of  elements  in 
themselves    simple,    but  powerfully  combined, 
produces  a  splendid  result,  the  eye  must  not  look 
forward  to  stirring  or  bustling  scenes  ;  and  ex- 
cepting some  few  passages  of  truly  "  eloquent 
music,"  in  the  offices  of  Sunday  and  Friday,  the 
ears  must  be  prepared  for  the  instillation  of  only 
the  simplest,  purest,  but  withal  richest  harmo- 
nies, which  can  insinuate  themselves  through 
that  living  labyrinth.     The  gratification  to  be 
derived  is  of  a  character  more  deeply  mystical ; 
it  must  be  the  result  of  considerations,  complex 
in  their  origin,  which  have  previously  worked  in 
the  mind,  and  of  an  abandonment  of  the  feelings 
and  the  soul  to  the  tide  of  various   emotions 
which  will  overflow  them.     Those  who,  in  the 
language  of  the  day,   lay   themselves   out  for 
seeing  every  thing,  as  though  it  were  a  show  (for 
some  have  even  been  known  to  go  to  the  indecent 
extent  of  taking  refreshments  with  them  into 
the  chapel),  will  very  soon  be  wearied.     The 
Tenebrse,  which  many  frequent  entirely  for  the 
sake  of  the  Miserere,  lasts  upwards  of  two  hours, 
occupied  in  simple,   unharmonized  chaunting; 
and  the  experience  of  every  year  proves  that  on 
the  first  evening  confusion  and  inconvenience 
ensue  from  the  eagerness  of  hundreds  to  enter 
the  chapel;  but  by  the  third  day,  when  the  office 
is  much  shorter,  the  lamentations  more  exquisite, 


LECTURE  THE  FIRST.  13 

and  the  Miserere  in  general  the  best,  it  is  left  to 
the  occupation  of  a  few,  whom  better  feelings 
than  mere  curiosity  inspire  with  perseverance. 
In  the  same  manner  the  office  of  Thursday 
morning  is  usually  thronged  to  excess,  while  that 
of  Friday,  which  is  infinitely  more  beautiful,  is 
comparatively  deserted. 

Now,  my  desire,  as  I  before  intimated,  is  to 
suggest  those  considerations  which  may  prepare 
the  mind  for  setting  a  due  value  on  these  holy 
functions,  and  properly  receiving  their  impres- 
sions. I  will  endeavour  to  suit  my  observations 
not  only  to  the  circumstance  of  time,  but  still 
more  particularly  to  that  of  place  :  that  is,  I  will 
not  so  much  treat  of  the  functions  of  Holy  Week 
as  they  are  performed  all  over  the  Catholic 
world,  and  even  in  most  churches  of  this  city, 
but  I  will  ever  keep  in  view  that  performance  of 
them  which  you  will  principally  be  attracted  to 
witness,  in  the  presence  of  the  Sovereign  pontiff. 

For  this  purpose,  I  will  divide  the  subject  into 
three  parts.  I  will  first  consider  the  offices  and 
ceremonies  of  Holy  Week,  in  their  connexion 
with  art ;  secondly,  I  will  consider  them  histo- 
rically, or  in  reference  to  their  various  antiquity ; 
and,  thirdly,  I  will  view  them  in  their  religious 
light,  considering  them  as  intended  to  excite 
virtuous  and  devout  impressions.  This  triple 
view  will,  I  think,  allow  me  to  place  before  you 


14  LECTURE  THE  FIRST. 

all  the  information  which  can  be  interesting  or 
useful  for  understanding  them. 

My  first  point  again  naturally  subdivides  itself 
into  two,  the  consideration  of  their  external  and 
of  their  internal  relations  with  art.  By  the 
first  I  mean  those  connexions  which  exist  be- 
tween them  and  art,  through  the  places  and  cir- 
cumstances in  which  they  are  performed,  and 
which  give  their  peculiar  character  to  the  func- 
tions of  the  Vatican  ;  and  of  these  I  will  treat 
to-day.  By  the  second  I  mean  those  artistic 
principles,  so  to  speak,  which  pervade  the  cere- 
monies themselves,  their  poetry,  principally  of 
the  highest  dramatic  power,  and  the  music 
which  accompanies  it.  This  will  be  the  subject 
of  my  next  lecture ;  my  second  and  third  heads 
will  be  discussed  in  the  third  and  fourth  dis- 
courses. 

Allow  me,  therefore,  to  proceed.  When  I 
mentioned  "  the  Vatican"  as  the  seat  of  those 
ceremonies  which  you  will  attend,  you,  no  doubt, 
felt  the  additional  advantage  that  I  meant  to 
imply  they  possessed  over  those  of  any  other 
spot.  Where  could  a  more  magnificent  theatre 
be  selected  for  their  exhibition,  than  the  vast 
and  splendid  area  of  that  Basilica  ?  Where  could 
the  sounds  of  sacred  music  be  better  heard  than 
in  the  tempered  light  and  under  the  solemn 
vaults  of  the  Sixtine  chapel  ?  These  are  doubt- 


LECTURE  THE  FIRST.  15 

less  reflections  most  natural  and  true,  but  not 
under  this  view  did  I  make  my  remark.  For  I 
think  that  a  Christian  mind  will  discover  a 
deeper  and  intenser  motive  of  interest,  on  seeing 
these  ceremonies  performed  in  places  powerfully 
connected  with  the  history  and  fate  of  Christian 
art.  And  first  as  to  the  chapel. 

Upon  entering  it,  there  is  certainly  nothing 
striking  to  the  eye  in  its  architecture ;  or  perhaps 
the  first  impression  it  produces  is  rather  gloomy 
and  unpleasant.  Its  loftiness  seems  almost  exces- 
sive ;  at  the  same  time,  that,  instead  of  architec- 
tural advantage  having  been  taken  of  the  cir- 
cumstance, it  is  broken  by  two  insignificant  cor- 
nices, which  destroy  the  proportion  between  the 
walls,  and  the  high  attic  in  which  are  placed  the 
windows.  This  defect,  or  peculiarity,  proper  to 
the  architecture  of  the  age  in  which  the  chapel 
was  built,  is  in  this  case  more  apparent,  from 
the  inversion  of  order  in  which  its  decorations 
seem  disposed.  For  the  lower  division  presents 
a  series  of  curtains  or  hangings  imitating  brocade, 
and  therefore  seems  too  light  a  base  to  what 
rests  above ;  although  this  effect  wrould  be  in 
former  times  greatly  lessened  by  the  broad  and 
noble  tapestries  of  Raffaelle,  wrhich  were  hung, 
on  festivals,  over  this  lower  part.  Above  and 
over  the  first  cornice,  comes  the  second  division, 
covered  with  paintings  of  the  old  school,  and 


UtUKY  ST.  IWWS  COUEGE 


16  LECTURE  THE  FIRST. 

consequently  in  a  finished,  minute  and  almost 
miniature-like  style ;  then  over  all  presses  the 
heavy  ceiling,  loaded  with  the  massive,  gigantic, 
and  awful  figures  of  Michel  Angelo's  sublime 
composition. 

This  overpowering  work  has  necessarily  the 
effect  of  rivetting  for  a  time  the  entire  attention, 
and  while  it  crushes,  in  a  manner,  all  below,  in 
an  architectural  sense,  absorbs  in  most  spectators 
the  notice  which  the  other  paintings  deserve. 
rcTo  speak  truly,"  says  a  late  French  writer, 
"  these  paintings  swallow  up  and  enslave  the  at- 
tention of  most  travellers,  who,  in  addition  to 
the  irresistible  authority  of  a  great  name,  so 
often  heard  by  them  pronounced  writh  enthu- 
siasm, undergo  the  impression  of  terror  and  ad- 
miration which  the  Prophets  on  the  vault,  and 
the  Last  Judgment,  never  fail  to  inspire.  The 
mind  is  too  much  overcome  to  appreciate,  on 
the  first  or  second  visit,  the  simpler  and  quieter 
compositions,  which  are  distributed  on  twelve 
compartments  along  the  sides  of  the  chapel. 
But  rarely  will  the  eye  and  soul  omit  at  the 
third  visit,  to  seek  repose  amidst  these  patriarchal 
scenes,  to  which  the  freshness  of  the  landscape 
gives  an  additional  charm ;  and  these  paintings 
would  in  the  end  obtain  all  the  attention  they 
deserve,  in  spite  of  the  neighbouring  colossal 
figures  which  oppress  them,  were  they  less  dis- 


LECTURE  THE  FIRST.  17 

tant  from  the  spectator,  or  were  their  figures 
better  proportioned  to  that  distance,  or  to  the 
dimensions  of  the  chapel/'* 

The  first  part  of  these  observations  is  un- 
doubtedly correct ;  I  wish  I  could  say  as  much 
of  those  which  follow.  For  it  is  to  be  feared, 
that  many  visit  this  chapel  again  and  again  with- 
out having  deigned  to  cast  an  eye  upon  these 
beautiful  compositions,  or  reflecting  and  feeling 
that  they  are  standing  in  the  very  sanctuary  of 
Christian  art.  In  the  last  century,  it  became  the 
fashion  of  English  writers  to  indulge  in  an  ad- 
miration, almost  idolatrous,  of  Buonarotti ;  and 
after  the  excessive  enthusiasm  with  which  Sir  J. 
Reynolds  closes  his  Discourses,^  every  succes- 
sive lecturer  followed  in  his  steps.  Fuseli  is 
certainly  right  when  he  enthusiastically  con- 
siders the  vault  of  the  Sixtine  chapel  as  a  mag- 
nificent epic  :  for  it  possesses  perfect  and  pro- 
gressive unity  of  idea,  adorned  with  most  appro- 
priate and  harmonizing  episodes,  and  is  executed 
with  a  Homeric  grandeur  and  breadth  of  manner : 
but  it  is  surely  lamentable  to  hear  a  tenth-rate 
artist,  like  Opie,  solemnly  declaring,  in  the  pro- 
fessorial chair  of  our  Royal  Academy,  that 
Leonardo  da  Vinci's  works  are  comparatively  of 

*  Rio,  "  De  1'Art  chretien."— p.  124. 
f  Discourses — p.  161:  Lond.  1820. 


18  LECTURE  THE  FIRST. 

little  value  :*  then  passing  over  the  entire  space 
from  Cimabue  (for  he  overlooks  Giotto  and  his 
school),  to  Masaccio,  by  calling  it  "the  stam- 
mering and  babbling  of  art  in  its  infant  state/'f 
and  speaking  of  all  that  was  executed  before 
Michel  Angelo  as  u  little  and  meagre/'  "  confused 
and  uninteresting,"  "  feeble  and  unmeaning." 
The  present  generation  is  not  inclined  to  judge 
by  the  same  rules  as  the  last ;  and  it  is  delight- 
ful to  witness  the  reviving  taste  and  relish  of 
our  days  for  primitive  Christian  art. 

What  the  Campo  Santo  of  Pisa,  or  the  Basi- 
lica of  St.  Francis  at  Assisi,  was  to  the  revival 
of  art  under  Giotto,  in  the  fourteenth  century, 
the  Sixtine  chapel  was  in  its  full  developement 
at  the  close  of  the  fifteenth.  It  brought  toge- 
ther, into  a  noble  emulation,  the  best  artists  of 
the  day,  by  uniting  their  efforts  in  sight  of  one 
another ;  and  sent  them  to  their  respective 
countries  improved  by  the  contemplation  of 
ancient  monuments,  and  the  comparison  of  mo- 
dern systems  of  art.  From  the  beginning,  it  is 
needless  to  observe,  art  had  possessed  no  exist- 
ence disjoined  from  religion.  The  Byzantine 
artists  and  their  Italian  disciples  had,  for  cen- 
turies, occupied  the  field  in  Italy ;  and,  from  a 
strange  distortion  of  ideas,  had  degraded  the 

*  Lectures  on  Painting,  1809 ;  p.  40.          f  Page  37. 


LECTURE  THE  FIRST.  19 

types  of  sacred  art,  representing  the  Son  of  God 
and  his  Blessed  Mother  under  forms  revolting, 
and  even  hideous,  when  compared  with  the 
purer  traditions  of  ancient  Christianity.  The 
very  master  of  Giotto,  who  was  Cimabue,  Duc- 
cio,  and  other  artists  of  his  time,  adhered  with 
frightful  obstinacy  to  the  model  of  that  degraded 
school.  Giotto,  the  admiration  of  Dante  aud 
Petrarca,  broke  through  the  established  rules, 
neglected  the  received  types,  and  gave  a  new 
grace,  a  softer  colour,  and  a  sweeter  expression 
to  his  sacred  figures.*  As  he  travelled  over  all 
Italy,  from  Milan  (not  to  speak  of  Avignon), 
to  Naples,  and  left  in  every  great  city  specimens 
of  his  skill,  he  may  be  considered  as  a  husband- 
man who  cast  a  good  and  prolific  seed  over  a 
land  well  fitted  to  receive  it.  Two  centres,  how- 
ever, principally,  he  formed ;  whence,  after  a 
time,  art  was  destined  once  more  to  spread. 
Florence,  his  chief  residence,  never,  after  him, 
wanted  diligent  and  able  artists.  But,  unfor- 
tunately, the  study  of  heathen  monuments,  and 
a  certain  decline  from  first  purity  of  sentiment, 
generated  a  more  earthly  and  less  Christian 
style, — a  departure  from  first  fervour,  which 
would  have  been  fatal,  earlier  than  it  proved, 

*  Lanzi,  Roscoe's  Trans.  1828,  vol.  i.  p.  24s  Rio.  p.  62. 
To  the  charming  work  of  this  friend,  I  shall  have  constant 
recourse  through  this  Lecture. 

C 


20  LECTURE  THE  FIRST. 

to  religious  art,  had  not  an  antidote  been  pro- 
vided in  that  other  seed-bed,  wherein  better 
principles  were  left  for  a  long  space  to  ferment 
before  they  sprung  up.  Paolo  Uccello  first  de- 
viated at  Florence  into  too  close  a  copying  of 
natural  objects  ;  and  this  taste  increased,  to  the 
gradual  extinction  of  symbolical  types  and  forms, 
till  that  evil  reached  its  growth  in  the  still 
charming  Masaccio,  who  filled  his  pictures  with 
spectators  and  idle  persons — portraits  of  living 
men — that  took  no  part  in  the  action  of  the 
piece.  His  dissolute  disciple,  Lippi,  made  this 
profanation  blasphemous,  by  presuming  to  sub- 
stitute not  only  living  but  worthless  characters 
for  the  chaste  beautiful  models  which  tradition 
had  preserved  of  Christ  and  his  mother. 

But  the  frescoes  which  Giotto  had  left  upon 
the  walls  of  that  solemnest  and  most  mystical 
of  temples,  the  church  of  St.  Francis,  at  Asisi, 
were,  perhaps,  the  germs  of  the  Umbrian  school, 
which  never  declined  from  its  pure  Christian 
character.  When  the  Florentine  lost  a  part  of 
its  vital  inspiration,  the  spirit  of  Christian 
art  retreated  into  the  secluded  mountains  of  the 
Appenines.  The  blessed  Angelico  Fiesoli,  of 
whom  not  only  his  contemporaries,  with  pope 
Eugenius  IV,  but  men,  like  Vasari,  of  a  degene- 
rated age,  knew  not  whether  most  to  admire  the 
consummate  talent  or  the  saintly  virtues,  then 


LECTURE  THE  FIRST.  21 

his  dear  disciple  Benozzo  Gozzoli,  Gentil  di  Fa- 
briano,  Taddeo  Bartolo,  and  many  others,  to 
Nicholas  of  Fuligno,  maintained  a  union  of  art 
and  virtuous  devotion,  in  a  succession,  that  gra- 
dually drew  round  the  sepulchre  of  the  wonder- 
ful St.  Francis,  and  reached  its  perfection  in  the 
persons  of  Pietro  Perugino  and  his  immortal 
scholar.* 

Now  it  is  the  first  meeting  of  these  two  great 
schools — the  one  somewhat  corrupted,  the  other 
in  its  purest  bloom — which  the  chapel  built  by 
Sixtus  IV  effected.  This  pope  sent  for  the  most 
eminent  artists  from  Florence  and  Umbria,  and 
committed  to  them  the  joint  task  of  decorating 
its  walls.  On  the  left,  upon  entering,  is  the 
history  of  Moses  ;  on  the  right  are  represented 
the  principal  events  of  our  Saviour's  life.  The 
series  was  originally  more  complete,  when  on 
the  wall,  over  the  altar,  were  painted,  by  the. 
hands  of  Perugino,  the  births  of  Christ  and  of 
Moses,  with  the  assumption  of  the  blessed  Virgin 
between  them :  but  these  paintings  were  demo- 
lished to  make  room  for  Buonarotti's  terrific  com- 
position of  the  Last  Judgment.  The  principal 
artists  employed  were  Sandro  Botticelli,  Domi- 
nico  Ghirlandajo,  Cosimo  Roselli,  Luca  Signo- 

*  See  Rio,  p.  2C6,  214,  &c. 


22  LECTURE  THE  FIRST. 

relli,  and  Pietro  Perugino.*  It  would  be  depart- 
ing from  my  subject  to  enter  into  the  description 
of  these  beautiful  paintings,  or  a  criticism  of 
each  artist's  work.  I  think  that  most  will  give 
the  preference  to  the  Delivery  of  the  Keys,  the 
work  of  Pietro,  for  in  it  nothing  is  wanting  :  nor 
can  we  better  discover  the  difference  between 
the  religious  state  of  the  two  schools,  than  by 
comparing  the  head  of  our  divine  Redeemer  in 
this  painting,  with  that  given  him  by  Ghirlan- 
dajo,  in  the  neighbouring  picture,  which  repre- 
sents The  Calling  of  Peter  and  Andrew  ;  in 
which,  though  the  other  heads  are  full  of  religious 
expression,  that  which  should  have  been  the 
most  noble  is  devoid  of  dignity  and  beauty. 

Who  then,  that  believes  religion  and  its  his- 
tory to  be  the  true  theme  of  art,  and  the  elevation 
of  mind  to  its  sublime  contemplations  the  highest 
object  it  can  have  on  earth,  will  not  feel  the 
peculiar  interest  attached  to  the  place  which  so 
strikingly  displayed  its  solemn  consecration  in  a 
combined  effort  to  that  noble  and  holy  cause, 
under  the  natural  patronage  of  religion's  supreme 
minister  ?  It  was,  in  fact,  for  the  performance 
of  the  very  ceremonies  which  you  are  about  to 

*  See  Agincourt,  4<  Storia  dell'Arte,"  Prato,  1826,  torn.  iv. 
p.  570.  Lanzi,  loc.  cit.  p.  91.  "  Beschreibung  der  Stadt 
Rom."  2  B.  1  Abt  p.  24-5. 


LECTURE  THE  FIRST.  23 

witness,  that  this  chapel  was  built ;  and  thus 
they  may  be  said  to  have  brought  about  an  event 
which,  in  the  annals  of  sacred  art,  is  considered 
by  all  its  historians  an  epoch. 

But,  methinks  it  were  an  injustice  to  these 
sacred  functions  to  connect  them  with  Christian 
art  by  so  slender  a  thread.    For,  no  one  that  has 
turned  his  mind  to  it,  will,  I  believe,  gainsay, 
that  these  sacred  Offices  have  been   the  very 
school  of  art,  or  rather  the  very  food  on  which 
it  was  nourished.     I  remember  some  years  ago, 
when  one  of  our  most  celebrated  artists  was  in 
Rome,  how  he  was  conversing  with  a  late  most 
respected  friend  of  mine  during  the  lavanda,  or 
ceremony  of  washing  the  feet,  which  used  then 
to  be  performed  in  the  Sola  Ducale.     Tapestry 
was,  as  usual,  hung  upon  the  wall  behind  the 
thirteen  priests  engaged  for  the  functions,  and  a 
lattice-window,  looking  into  the  room,  had  been 
seized  upon  by  a  curious  party,  so,  that  through 
a  separation,  between  two  arrases,  a  small  group 
of  picturesque  heads,  chiefly  children,  peeped  out 
upon  the  ceremony.     This  little  incident,  which 
a  painter  of  the  old  school  would  have  introduced 
or  even  invented,  could  not  escape  the  notice  of 
our  artist,  and  he  remarked  to  my  friend,  how 
completely  the  picturesque   seemed  inherent  in 
the  character  of  the  people.    "  Their  costumes," 
said  he,  "  their  heads,  their  attitudes,   are   all 


24  LECTURE  THE  FIRST. 

studies ;  three  of  them  cannot  stand  together, 
without  forming  a  group  fit  to  be  sketched." 
He  then  remarked,  how  pictorial  every  cere- 
mony which  he  had  witnessed  had  appeared, 
and  what  lessons  of  art  were  to  be  learned 
from  studying  them.  But  any  attention  to  the 
works  of  the  older  masters  will  completely  prove, 
that  their  models  were  drawn,  and  their  groups 
formed,  upon  what  they  were  accustomed  to  see 
in  these  sacred  functions.  Why  are  their  angels, 
instead  of  being,  as  in  later  works,  well  fed  in- 
fants playing  and  tumbling  in  the  clouds,  clothed 
in  white  tunics,  girded  round,  and  kneeling  in 
attitudes  of  solemn  adoration  ?  but  because  such 
was  the  dress  and  posture  of  the  more  youthful 
assistants  in  ecclesiastical  ceremonies.  Whence 
are  drawn  the  costumes  of  their  saints,  who 
stand  beside  the  throne  on  which  the  mother  of 
God  is  seated,  with  their  precious  embroidery, 
and  noble  folds,  that  give  such  play  to  the  rich 
colouring  of  their  school  ?  Whence  were  their 
positions  about  that  throne,  their  modest  looks, 
their  unaffected  attitudes,  taken,  but  from  the 
venerable  ministers  at  these  holy  and  splendid 
Offices  ?  A  sweet  solemn  feeling  overspreads 
their  entire  composition,  which,  certainly,  there 
is  nothing  else  in  nature  to  have  inspired,  except 
what  we  see  performed  in  the  church  service : 
indeed,  their  most  beautiful  paintings  bear  an 


LECTURE  THE  FIRST.  25 

analogy  with  these,  in  disposition  and  sentiment, 
which  it  is  impossible  to  mistake. 

It  would  not  be  difficult  to  give  proofs  of  this 
influence,  drawn  from  the  very  neighbourhood 
of  the  Sixtine  chapel.  Near  the  "  Loggie  di 
Raffaello  "  is  an  exquisite  oratory,  rarely  visited, 
painted  entirely  by  the  blessed  Angelico.  It  is 
a  work  of  art  that  ravishes  any  mind  that  has 
imbibed  a  taste  for  its  Christian  principles. 
Throughout,  the  holy  artist  has  most  rigidly 
adhered  to  the  ecclesiastical  costume ;  and  the 
holy  martyrs,  Lawrence  and  Stephen,  are  repre- 
sented, through  their  sufferings,  in  their  proper 
vestments  ;  so  that  a  recent  writer  has  observed, 
how  attentively  he  must  have  studied  ecclesias- 
tical monuments  for  this  purpose.*  It  is  thus 
that  painting,  brought  into  existence  in  Christian 
times  by  religion,  derived  all  its  thoughts  and 
sentiments  from  it,  and  became  really  a  heavenly 
art,  sanctifying  at  once  those  who  exercised  it, 
and  those  who  received  its  influence.  The 
saintly  artist,  whose  works  I  have  named,  never 
commenced  his  work  without  fervently  invoking 
the  inspiration  of  heaven,  and  never  painted 
the  crucifixion  without  tears  streaming  from 
his  eyes.  Eugenius  IV,  for  whom  he  adorned 
that  chapel,  was  so  enchanted  with  his  virtues, 

*Rio,  p.  198. 


26  LECTURE  THE  FIRST. 

as  to  press  on  his  acceptance  the  archbishopric 
of  Florence.  But  his  humility  shrunk  from  the 
burthen ;  and  he  recommended  in  his  place,  one, 
who  in  that  station  illustrated  the  Church,  under 
the  name  of  St.  Antoninus. 

When  Vitale  and  Lorenzo,  scholars  of  Franco 
Bolognese,  celebrated  by  Dante,  painted  in  the 
cloisters  of  Bologna,  they  worked  together  as 
brothers  upon  the  same  picture,  except  when 
they  reached  the  subject  of  the  crucifixion*  For 
on  those  occasions  Vitale  found  his  feelings 
completely  overpowered  by  the  subject,  and 
abandoned  it  exclusively  to  his  friend.  The 
same  is  recorded  of  Giacomo  Avanzi,  his  disciple 
and  his  companion  Simone,  called,  from  his 
always  painting  the  crucifixion,  "  Simone  dei 
Crocefissi."  The  most  remarkable  example  of 
this  deep  religious  feeling  in  art,  is,  perhaps, 
that  of  Lippo  Dalmasio,  who,  from  devotion, 
never  would  paint  any  subject  but  Madonnas ; 
and  was  so  thoroughly  impressed  with  the  holi- 
ness of  his  undertaking,  that  he  prepared  him- 
self for  it  by  a  strict  fast  on  the  vigil,  and  by 
approaching  the  altar  on  the  morning  of  his 
task ;  so  to  purify  his  mind  and  soul  for  his  oc- 
cupation. Hence  Guido  has  owned,  that  no 
later  painter,  with  all  the  resources  of  modern 
art,  could  ever  come  up  to  the  sanctity,  modesty 


LECTURE  THE  FIRST.  27 

and  purity  which  he  has  impressed  upon  his 
countenances.* 

This  may  be  considered  a  digression  from  my 
subject,  which  was  the  influence  exercised  by 
the  ceremonies  of  the  Church  upon  Christian  art, 
exemplified  as  it  was  in  the  Sixtine  chapel. 
Suppressing,  therefore,  many  reflections  which 
I  feel  called  up  by  this  subject,  I  will  return  by 
remarking,  that  even  those  who  regret  not  the 
destruction  of  that  primitive  religious  style,  by 
the  bolder,  earthlier,  and  sterner  manner  which 
from  that  ceiling  above,  frowns,  and  presses  down 
on  its  representatives  below — even  they  must 
attach  a  particular  interest  to  this  place,  which 
alone  could  or  would  have  produced  the  substi- 
tution. 

For  Michael  Angelo  may  be  said  to  have 
painted  nothing  before  he  undertook  this  mighty 
work ;  and  authors  agree  that  he  was  recom- 
mended to  Pope  Julius  II  by  his  enemies,  in  hope 
of  his  failure  and  disgrace.  He  knew  not  even 
the  method  of  fresco  painting  ;  and  resisted  to 
the  utmost  of  his  power  the  commission  laid 
upon  him.  But  Julius  was  not  a  pontiff  to  be 
thwarted  ;  and,  rejecting  every  excuse,  insisted 
upon  his  making  the  attempt.  He  procured 
artists  from  Florence  to  execute  his  designs ; 
but  was  soon  dissatisfied  with  their  work,  arid 

*  Rio,  p.  198. 


28  LECTURE  THE  FIRST. 

threw  it  down  and  recommenced  it  himself.  He 
directed  the  construction  of  the  scaffolding, 
ground  and  prepared  his  colours  with  his  own 
hand ;  and  after  having  painted  several  figures, 
was  dismayed  at  finding  the  colours  had  run  or 
blistered,  so  as  to  render  the  figures  hardly  dis- 
cernible. Once  more  he  went  in  despair  to  the 
Pope,  and  entreated  to  be  released  from  a  task 
out  of  his  sphere.  But  Julius  was  inexorable ; 
Sangallo  taught  him  how  to  remedy  the  evil 
that  had  disheartened  him ;  he  resumed  his  work, 
and  in  twenty-two  months  completed  the  ceiling.* 
It  had  been  his  intention  to  retouch  the  paint- 
ing when  dry,  and  add  gilding  to  the  garments 
of  his  figures  ;  but  the  scaffolding  had  been 
removed,  through  a  natural  impatience  on  the 
part  of  his  patron  to  see  the  works,  and  never 
was  replaced.  It  is  clear,  that  no  other  place 
and  no  other  commission  would  have  ever 
brought  out  the  talents  of  Buonarotti,as  a  painter, 
on  this  wonderful  scale ;  and,  that  the  influence 
of  his  style  upon  Raffaello,  and  all  succeeding 
artists,  could  not  have  been  exerted,  had  not 
Julius  been  anxious  to  finish  the  chapel  of  his 
uncle  Sixtus,  and  had  he  not,  to  all  appearance, 
obstinately  and  almost  unreasonably,  forced  the 
painter  to  an  exertion  before  which  he  shrunk. 

*  "  Beschreibung,"  &c.  p.  255,  seqq.  where  the  authorities 
are  quoted. 


LECTURi:  TI1K   KIKST.  29 

This  chapel,  then,  must  possess  an  interest 
which  no  other  in  the  world  can  share,  as  the 
sanctuary  of  art  in  its  two-fold  form.  It  is  the 
place  in  which  the  last  great  act  of  patronage  to 
older,  patriarchal  Christian  art  was  exercised ; 
on  the  walls  of  which  it  inscribed  its  last  memo- 
rials, under  the  sanction  of  the  highest  religious 
.authority  which  could  guarantee  them  from  de- 
struction ;  it  was  at  the  same  time  the  very 
nursery  and  birth-place  of  that  more  daring,  and 
eventually  profane,  art,  which,  here  at  least, 
consecrated  the  energies  of  its  herculean  infancy 
to  the  best  and  holiest  of  purposes. 

The  other  chapel  used  in  the  pontifical  cere- 
monies of  Holy  Week  is  known  by  the  name  of 
the  Paolina,  from  Pope  Paul  III,  who  built  it 
after  destroying  one  painted  by  Beato  Angelico, 
a  mischief  never  to  be  repaired.  It  contains 
two  large  paintings,  by  Michael  Angelo,  quite 
undistinguishable ;  not  so  much,  as  is  commonly 
asserted,  from  the  smoke  of  the  tapers,  which 
burn  there  during  the  sepulchre,  as  in  conse- 
quence of  their  bad  light,  and  still  more  of  a  fire 
which  formerly  took  place  there.  They  are 
works  of  that  mighty  genius  in  its  decline.* 

*  Within  these  two  last  years  the  chapel,  which  before  was 
almost  black,  so  that  its  ornaments  were  no  longer  distin- 
guishable, has  been  thoroughly  renewed,  and  these  two  paint- 
ings have  been  covered  over.  At  the  same  time,  the  immense 


30  LECTURE  THE  FIRST. 

Having  said  so  much  of  these  chapels,  I  have 
left  myself  but  little  opportunity  for  discoursing 
on  the  other  great  theatre  of  these  functions,  the 
Basilica  of  St.  Peter's.  You  certainly  will  not 
expect  me  to  detain  you  by  turning  your  atten- 
tion to  so  trite  a  topic,  as  the  magnificence  of 
that  matchless  edifice,  and  I  shall  there  confine 
myself  to  a  few  remarks  more  intimately  con- 
nected with  my  present  subject. 

I  will  premise,  that  the  Church  architecture  of 
every  age  should  be  a  monument  of  its  religious 
condition,  and  a  memorial  of  its  spirit.  The  first 
ages,  for  instance,  beheld  the  Church  in  a  state 
of  affliction,  oppression  and  persecution ;  and 
its  subterranean  oratories  amply  record  these 
facts.  The  faithful  shaped  them  among  the 
tombs  of  their  brethren;  thus  showing  how 
their  spiritual  life  was  in  the  midst  of  death,  and 
adorned  them  with  paintings  most  suitable  to 
their  condition,  chusing  such  Scriptural  subjects 
as  best  alluded  to  their  sufferings  and  still  more 
to  their  hopes.  When  peace  was  restored  to  the 
Church,underConstantine,the  season  of  triumph, 

wooden  tabernacle,  and  other  ornaments  behind  the  altar, 
which  formed  an  artificial  perspective,  designed  by  Bernini, 
were  judiciously  taken  down ;  for  they  neither  accorded  in 
taste  with  the  rest  of  the  chapel,  nor  were  they  of  safe  mate- 
rials, amidst  the  splendid  and  massive  illumination  which  is 
made  there  on  Holy  Thursday. 


LECTURE  THE  FIRST.  1*1 

and,  in  all  the  mildness  of  the  Christian  spirit, 
the  season  of  reprisals,  came.  The  remains  of 
paganism  were  seized  as  trophies  and  lawful 
spoil ;  the  form  of  the  church  was  copied,  and 
took  its  name  from  the  heathen  basilicas  ;  pillars 
from  different  edifices  were  appropriated  to  the 
use  of  these  new  temples,  and  afterwards  entire 
buildings  were  converted  from  an  impure  to  a 
holy  worship.  Many  churches  in  Rome  yet 
survive  to  attest  monumentally  this  transfer  of 
the  religious  sceptre,  and  the  possession  which 
Christianity  had  gained  of  the  stores  of  art  accu- 
mulated by  their  oppressors. 

In  northern  countries,  art,  and  consequently 
architecture,  arose  from  Christianity ;  there  were 
no  previous  feelings  to  gratify,  nothing  to  record, 
but  what  that  holy  religion  taught ;  and  hence 
arose  that  style,  most  barbarously  misnamed 
"  the  Gothic,"  which  a  modern  French  writer 
so  happily  describes  as  "  la  pensee  chretienne 
batie,"  the  architectural  expression  of  Christian 
thought.  The  architectures  of  Greece  and 
Rome,  like  their  religion,  kept  their  main  lines 
horizontal  or  parallel  with  the  earth,  and  care- 
fully avoided  breaking  this  direction,  seeking 
rather  its  prolongation  than  any  striking  eleva- 
tion. The  Christian  architecture  threw  up  all 
its  lines,  so  as  to  bear  the  eye  towards  heaven ; 
its  tall,  tapering,  and  clustered  pillars,  while 


32  LECTURE  THE  FIRST. 

they  even  added  apparent  to  real  height,  served 
as  guides  and  conductors  of  the  sense  to  the 
fretted  roof,  and  prevented  the  recurrence  of 
lines,  which  could  keep  its  direction  along  the 
surface   of   the   earth.      Nothing   could  more 
strongly  mark  the  contrast  between  the  two  reli- 
gious systems.     The  minute  details  of  its  work- 
manship, the  fretting  and  carving  of  its  many 
ornaments,  the  subdivision  of  masses  into  smaller 
portions,  are  all  in  admirable  accord  with  the 
mental  discipline  of  the  time,  which  subtilized 
and  divided  every  matter  of  its  enquiry,  and 
reduced  the  greatest  questions  into  a  cluster  of 
ever  ramifying  distinctions.     The  "  dim  religious 
light "  that  passed  through  the  storied  window, 
and  gave  a  mysterious  awe  to  the  cavern-like 
recesses  of  the  building,  excellently  became  an 
age  passionately  fond  of  mystic  lore,  and  the 
dimmest  twilights  of  theological  learning.     No- 
thing  could   be    more    characteristic,   nothing 
more  expressive  of  the  religious  spirit  which 
ruled  those  ages,  than  the  architecture  which  in 
them  arose. 

But  in  Italy,  and  principally  in  Rome,  it  was 
otherwise.  The  type  of  art  had  been  cast  in 
those  ages  of  triumph,  and  it  was  not  rashly 
nor  easily  to  be  abandoned.  She  did  not  receive 
her  art  from  Christianity,  and  therefore  did  not 
adopt  the  new  and  beautiful  order.  When  all 


LECTURE  THE  FIRST.  :*.'$ 

the  arts  revived,  and  among  them  architecture, 
it  turned  its  attention,  like  the  rest,  to  the  em- 
bellishment of  God's  house,  and  the  splendour  of 
his  worship.  The  old  basis  of  the  Roman  bnsi 
lica  was  preserved,  with  the  substitution,  how- 
ever, of  arches  for  pillars.  This,  many  will 
reprove;  I  own  I  do  not  entirely,  We  no 
longer  possess  the  splendid  columns  of  the  an- 
cients ;  we  have  lost  their  quarries,  and  the 
command  of  their  slaves  to  work  them.  We 
have  not  the  materials  for  their  style.  Then 
the  Catholic  worship  requires  now  various  cha- 
pels ;  to  these  the  arches  on  either  side  form  an 
appropriate  opening ;  in  Santa  Maria  Maggiore 
and  S.  Martino,  the  side  altars  are  completely 
masked,  and  lose  their  dignity.  But  the  dome ! 
that  truly  Christian,  sublime  conception, — that 
raising  of  a  temple  to  the  God  of  heaven,  far 
above  the  earth, — this  grandest  invention  of  mo- 
dern architecture,  is  incompatible  with  colum- 
nar architecture,  as  St.  Genevieve,  now,  I  be- 
lieve, called  by  a  heathen  name,  sufficiently 
proves.  And  who  would  have  wished  that  to 
have  been  given  up  in  St.  Peter's,  or  any  other 
Christian  church  ? 

We  may,  therefore,  say  that  this  basilica  is 
the  proper  expression  of  Christian  art  upon  its 
revival  on  old  models ;  and  it  will  be  particularly 
found  to  express  the  Catholic  spirit  of  its  age ; 


34  LECTURE  THE  FIRST. 

by  centering  on  itself  all  the  powers  of  represen- 
tative art  at  the  moment  when  the  Reformation 
was  waging  war  against  it,  and  preventing  our 
country  possessing,  like  every  other  people,  a 
national  school.  But  who  can  doubt  that  this 
unrivalled  building  received  its  grand  characte- 
ristics of  amplitude  in  dimensions,  and  exqui- 
siteness  in  its  ornaments,  from  the  special 
circumstance  of  its  having  been  destined  for 
the  very  functions  you  will  therein  see  per- 
formed ?  No  thing  but  its  erection  as  the  theatre 
of  the  papal  celebration  could  have  suggested 
the  idea  of  such  an  unusual  scale.  No  other 
procession  could  have  filled  such  a  nave,  no 
other  ministration  could  have  grouped  round 
such  an  altar,  no  other  hierarchy  could  have 
graced  such  a  sanctuary.  It  was  evidently  the 
same  spirit,  comprehensive,  grand,  and  magni- 
ficent, that  had  created  the  ceremonial,  which 
could  alone  have  planned  this  its  theatre. 

It  would  be  interesting  to  follow  these  re- 
marks into  details.  I  will  content  myself  with 
one  or  two,  calculated  to  show  the  influence 
of  these  functions  upon  minor  parts  of  this 
great  work  of  art.  Most  of  you  are  aware  that 
some  years  ago  the  entire  church  of  St.  Peter's 
was  lighted  up  on  Thursday  and  Friday  even- 
ings of  Holy  Week,  by  one  huge  brazen  cross, 
studded  with  lamps,  and  hung  below  the  dome. 


LECTURE  THE    FIRST. 

The  play  of  light  and  shadow,  in  bold  masses, 
edged  bluffly  one  by  another,  through  the  aisles, 
was  splendid  beyond  description.  Now  it  is 
certain  that  Canova  designed  the  beautiful  mo- 
nument of  Rezzonico  (Clement  XIII),  its  fine 
lions  and  reclining  genius,  with  an  eye,  most 
particularly,  to  the  effect  upon  it  of  this  religious 
illumination.  He  had  it  carefully  covered  till 
the  first  of  these  evenings,  and  exposed  it  to  view 
under  the  influence  of  this  unusual  light.  I  well 
remember  its  splendid  effect  under  such  circum- 
stances ;  and  can  imagine  the  general  delight 
upon  its  first  exhibition.  Indeed,  so  anxious 
was  Canova  himself  to  try  the  experiment  fairly, 
that  he  employed  his  friend,  Cav.  D'Este,  from 
whom  I  have  the  account,  to  procure  for  him  a 
disguise.  "  My  friends,"  he  observed,  "  are 
sure  to  praise  the  monument ;  and  my  enemies 
are  sure  to  find  fault  with  it.  I  will  go  among 
the  people,  and  hear  their  opinions."  After  vain 
attempts  to  dissuade  him,  the  costume  of  a  very 
poor  priest  was  procured,  and  he  was  soon  so 
disguised  as  to  defy  detection.  D'Este  saw  him 
thread  his  way  through  the  admiring  crowd,  and 
listen  to  the  judgment  of  every  little  knot,  till 
he  stood  by  the  group  in  which  the  senator 
Rezzonico,  nephew  to  the  Pope,  was  asking, 
"  Where  is  Canova,  that  we  may  congratulate 
with  him  ?"  eyeing,  at  the  same  time,  askance, 

D 


36  LECTURE  THE   FIRST. 

the  dilapitated  sacristan,  as  he  thought  him,  who 
was  almost  intruding  npon  them.  But  Canova 
was  not  discovered,  and  returned  home  satisfied, 
having  received  sentence  of  approval  from  an 
unpacked  and  unprejudiced  jury. 

This  instance  shows  how  the  subordinate  parts 
of  the  building,  and  consequently  the  arts  of 
design,  have  been  influenced  by  the  great  func- 
tions which  are  therein  performed ;  another 
example  may  be  brought,  in  extenuation  of  cri- 
ticism. The  departure  from  Michael  Angelo's 
front,  a  portico  like  the  Pantheon's,  has  been 
severely  blamed.  Those  who  have  resided  much 
in  London  or  Paris,  will,  I  think,  have  been  tho- 
roughly disabused  of  any  idea  of  the  eye's  insatia- 
bility in  respect  of  columns  surmounted  by  a  pedi- 
ment. Such  porticoes  lead  now  a-days  to  every 
thing, — to  the  Mansion-House  and  its  proverbial 
convivialities — to  the  National  Gallery  of  Paint- 
ings— to  Archbishop  Tillotson's  Chapel — to  the 
Haymarket-theatre — to  the  College  of  Physi- 
cians, and  to  half-a-dozen  clubs.  It  is  manifestly 
an  architectural  generality,  that  may  be  seized  by 
the  smallest  genius,  and  applied  to  every  possible 
object.  Can  we  regret  so  much  that  it  was  not 
adopted  in  St.  Peter's,  to  deprive  us  of  that  most 
glorious  of  functions,  the  papal  benediction  ? 
For  it  is  acknowledged,  that  the  necessity  of 
providing  a  fitting  position  for  the  chief  actor  in 


LECTURE  THK    TIKST  ;j/ 

that  momentary,  but  momentous,  spectacle,  led 
to  the  alteration,  and  sn^ested  tin-  present  plan. 
If  specific  adaptation  to  an  end  be  truly  a  merit  in 
architecture,  much  beyond  that  of  mere  imita- 
tion, the  present  front,  with  all  its  defects  (which 
I  acknowledge),  should  be  valued  by  a  fairer 
standard  than  mere  comparison  with  works  of 
another  style  and  system.  For  iny  part,  I  would 
gladly  look  all  the  year  round  on  the  broken, 
and  disproportioned,  arid  confused  front  which 
that  church  now  has — to  enjoy  twice  a-year, 
through  such  defects,  the  great  and  glorious 
sight  with  which  they  are  connected :  that  varie- 
gated multitude  of  citizens,  peasants,  pilgrims, 
and  foreigners,  and  that  glittering  array  of  equi- 
pages and  troops,  which  fill  the  basin  of  its  mag- 
nificent court ;  and  the  emotion  which  the  bene- 
diction of  the  Father  of  Christendom  sends,  as 
if  by  electric  communion,  through  the  dense 
assembly. 

This  want  of  attention,  in  architectural  stric- 
tures, to  local  proprieties  and  characters  of  styles 
is  very  glaring  in  modern  writers.  A  popular 
work,  lately  published  in  England,  expresses  the 
writer's  astonishment  and  disappointment  at 
finding  St.  Peter's  without  painted  windows ! 
I  think  the  astonishment  is,  that  he  discovered 
its  windows  at  all  on  his  first  visit.  The  tra- 
veller's mind  must  have  been  devoid  of  all 

D2 


38  LECTURE  THE  FIRST. 

enthusiasm,  and  his  eye  must  have  been  singu- 
larly its  master.  The  architecture  of  the  church 
necessarily  led  to  a  desire  to  conceal  them,  by 
placing  them  above  the  cornice  ;  and  it  is  gene- 
rally  long  before  attention  is  turned  to  whence 
the  light  is  derived.  But  what  havoc  would 
painted  glass  have  made  with  marbles  and  mo- 
saics !  Fancy  a  confused  patch-work  of  yellow, 
green,  and  red  light  streaming  from  such  a  win- 
dow upon  the  Transfiguration,  or  a  ray  of  unmi- 
tigated blue  turning  into  a  livid  corpse  the  Angel 
of  Death  upon  Canova's  monument !  I  remon- 
strated with  the  author,  and  alleged  these  objec- 
tions ;  but  he  was  irreclaimable.  He  had  never 
seen  a  cathedral  in  England  without  painted 
glass,  and  consequently  repeated  his  disappoint- 
ment in  three  successive  editions  ! 

St.  Peter's,  therefore,  considered  in  reference 
to  its  great  destination  to  be  the  theatre  of  a 
particular  and  splendid  ceremonial,  principally 
that  which  you  are  about  to  witness,  is  the  most 
perfect  specimen  of  a  style  of  sacred  architecture, 
peculiar  as  the  modern  adaptation  of  the  basi- 
licar  style  to  the  forms  and  wants  of  the  Catholic 
worship  ;  and  not  to  be  tried  by  the  rules  of  any 
other,  but  rather  by  its  fitness  for  its  own  pur- 
poses, and  for  the  expression  of  the  sentiments 
of  its  age.  And  for  this,  so  perfect  a  specimen, 
we  are  mainly  indebted  to  that  very  ceremonial. 


LECTURE  THE  FIRST. 


39 


,  I  have  thus  pointed  out  the  interesting  con- 
nexions which  the  functions  of  Holy  Week, 
as  performed  before  the  Pope,  have  with  Art, 
and  the  influence  they  have  exercised  upon  its 
development.  In  my  next  Discourse,  I  shall 
treat  of  their  more  intimate  relations  with  Art, 
through  their  essential  forms. 


LECTURE  THE  SECOND. 


LECTURE  THE  SECOND. 


ESSENTIAL  AND  INWARD  RELATIONS  OF  THESE 
OFFICES  WITH  ART. 

Their  poetry. — Their  dramatic  construction. — Processions. — 
The  Passion. — Distribution  of  the  entire  service. — Their 
music. —  Church  chaunt,  its  antiquity  and  character. — Pe- 
culiar chaunt  of  the  Papal  choir,  especially  in  Holy  Week. — 
Palestrina. — Missa  Papa  Marcelli. — The  Lamentations.— 
The  Improper ia. — Allegri,  the  Miserere. 

AFTER  having  seen  what  an  influence  the  cere- 
monies of  Holy  Week  have  indirectly  exercised 
on  art,  by  inspiring  it  with  the  noblest  ideas,  in 


44  LECTURE  THE  SECOND. 

preparing  a  fitting  theatre  for  their  performance : 
it  will  not  be  surprising  to  discover  in  themselves 
the  finest  spirit  of  artistic  vigour,  as  the  source 
whence  those  emanations  flowed.  The  division 
which  I  made  of  the  first  portion  of  my  subject 
leads  me  to-day  to  direct  your  attention  to  this 
point ;  and  to  consider  the  essential  connexion 
which  they  have  with  the  principles  of  true  art. 
I  have  already  suggested  some  ideas  upon  this 
subject,  when  I  spoke  of  the  effect  produced  by 
them  upon  the  Christian  schools  of  painting. 
No  eye  will  fail  to  be  struck  with  the  perfect 
grouping  that  takes  place  in  many  of  the  cere- 
monies ;  such,  that  had  the  first  masters  been 
employed,  to  regulate  the  ceremonies  for  the 
production  of  effect,  they  could  not  have  devised 
anything  more  beautiful.  I  would  notice  parti- 
cularly the  pyramidical  groups  which  are  formed 
at  the  altar  or  the  throne  during  the  Mass  on 
Easter-sunday,  where  everything  is  in  the  most 
progressive  order— the  richness  of  the  costumes, 
and  the  dignity  of  the  persons,  from  the  base  to 
its  highest  point.  But  these  are  matters  that 
require  little  notice ;  for  the  eye  of  each  will 
discover  them.  I  am  rather  desirous  to  tarn 
your  attention  to  the  more  hidden  points  of 
beautiful  arrangement  and  feeling  with  which 
these  functions  abound.  Whoever  will  read  with 
an  unprejudiced  mind  the  Office  of  the  week, 


LECTURE  THE  SECOND.  1  ."> 

will  be  not  only  charmed,  but,  I  think,  asto- 
nished, at  the  perfect  taste,  harmony  and  dignity 
of  sentiment  which  pervade  them,  as  though  the 
genius  of  sacred  elegiac  poetry  had  presided  over 
the  composition.  A  great  part  of  them,  indeed, 
consists  of  Scriptural  passages  allusive  to  the 
Passion,  and  this  at  once  speaks  their  highest 
commendation.  But  still  the  selection  and  union 
of  these  passages  into  a  whole,  will  be  found  on 
every  occasion  the  most  happy  and  harmonious 
that  well  could  be  imagined.  In  addition  to 
these  are  many  antiphons  and  hymns,  both  in 
classical  measures  and  in  ecclesiastical ;  which 
will  be  found  upon  examination  full  of  the  most 
touching  sentiment.  Of  the  former  class,  I  may 
instance  the  hymn  sung  during  the  procession 
of  Palm-Sunday,  and  beginning  "  Gloria,  laus, 
et  honor,"  connected  with  which  there  is  an 
interesting  history.  For  it  is  said  to  have  been 
composed  by  Abbot  Theodulf,  when  in  prison  at 
Angers,  for  a  conspiracy  against  the  emperor 
Louis  the  Pious,  and  sung  by  him  in  a  moving 
strain,  as  the  emperor,  in  procession,  on  that 
Sunday,  passed  under  the  prison  wall.  The 
words  and  music  touched  the  offended  monarch's 
heart,  and  procured  his  liberation.  This  is  said 
to  have  taken  place  about  the  year  818;  and 
even  if  the  legend  be  inaccurate,  as  some  have 
thought,  it  proves  the  character  and  power  which 


46  LECTURE  THE  SECOND. 

the  public  voice  attributed  to  the  composition. 
Of  the  second  class,  are  the  hymns  sung  in  the 
service  of  Friday,  particularly  the  first,  "  Pange 
lingua  gloriosi  lauream  certaminis;"  which  has 
a  returning  burthen  of  exquisite  tenderness. 

But  the  prevailing  character  of  poetry  through- 
out these  services,  is  the  dramatic,  in  its  noblest 
sense.  Before,  however,  exemplifying  my  obser- 
vations, I  have  something  to  premise.  I  may  be 
thought  incautious  in  the  selection  of  the  term 
I  have  just  used ;  as  though  it  gave  some  coun- 
tenance to  the  silly  remark  so  often  made  upon 
the  Catholic  worship,  as  scenic,  showy,  or  thea- 
trical. Even  if  what  I  am  going  to  say  brought 
me  in  contact  with  such  common-place  sneers,  I 
should  not  shrink  from  it,  because  I  do  not  think 
the  poverty  of  words,  which  is  felt  in  all  lan- 
guages, should  be  the  basis  of  an  argument.  Nor, 
if  pomp  and  magnificence,  which  formerly  be- 
longed to  every  thing  royal  and  noble,  have  in 
modern  times  been  confined  in  our  country  to 
theatres,  and  have  thence  received  a  reproach- 
ful name,  will  any  one  conclude  that  the  church, 
which  has  preserved  them,  ought  to  abandon 
them  in  consequence  ?  Nay,  I  should  think  any 
one  betrayed  great  want  of  sense,  who  traduced 
as  theatrical  that  which  existed  before  theatres. 
The  pomp  of  the  Levitical  worship  was  certainly 
great  and  imposing ;  and  would  bear  that  igno- 
minious name  as  well  as  ours.  Yet  God  com- 


LECTURE  THE  SECOND.  47 

manded  it;  and  it  is  but  a  poor  speech  that  can 
tind  no  better  epithet  to  give  it. 

But  when  I  speak  of  the  dramatic  form  of  our 
ceremonies,  1  make  no  reference  whatever  to 
outward  display ;  and  I  choose  that  epithet  for 
the  reason  already  given,  that  the  poverty  of 
language  affords  me  no  other  for  my  meaning. 
The  object  and  power  of  dramatic  poetry  con- 
sists in  its  being  not  merely  descriptive  but  re- 
presentative ;  and  that,  not  only  when  reduced 
to  action,  but  even  when  only  consisting  of  words. 
Its  character  is  to  bear  away  the  imagination 
and  soul  to  the  view  of  what  others  witnessed, 
and  excite  in  us,  through  their  words,  such  im- 
pressions as  we  might  have  naturally  felt  on  the 
occasion.  The  inspired  poets  of  the  old  law,  the 
prophets  I  mean,  are  full  of  this  lofty  and  power- 
ful poetry ;  nothing  can  be  more  truly  dramatic, 
as  Louth  has  observed,  than  the  opening  of  the 
sixty-third  chapter  of  Isaiah,*  where  the  Messiah 
and  a  chorus  are  represented  as  holding  a  splen- 
did colloquy  together.  The  latter  first  asks — 
"  Who  is  this  that  cometh  from  Edom  with  gar- 
ments dyed  in  Bozra  ?"  The  other  replies  : — 
"  I  am  the  proclaimer  of  justice,  mighty  in  sal- 
vation." The  chorus  again  demands  : — "  Why 
then  is  thy  raiment  red,  and  thy  garments  as  of 
one  who  hath  trodden  the  wine-pres>  ?  And 
he  again  answers  : — "  I  have  trodden  the  wine- 

*  "  DC  Sacra  Poesi,"  p.  318:  Oxf.  1810. 


48  LECTURE  THE  SECOND. 

press  alone."  This  is  dramatic  in  the  noblest 
sense  of  the  word,  as  are  many  other  passages  in 
the  same  sublime  prophet.  The  Psalms  are  often 
constructed  in  the  same  manner,  as  I  may  have 
occasion  to  observe  later ;  but  the  Canticle  of 
Solomon  and  the  book  of  Job  are  examples  of  a 
dramatic  composition  of  a  much  higher  order, 
where  scene  succeeds  to  scene,  and  a  growing 
beauty  or  majesty  of  dialogue  respectively  is 
exhibited ;  which  will  deiy  all  rivalry  from  the 
fairest  specimens  of  uninspired  poetry. 

The  service  of  the  Church  is  throughout  emi- 
nently poetical.  Not  a  portion  of  its  Office  is 
without  some  hymn,  often  of  singular  beauty ; 
and  it  would  be  easy  to  point  out  a  tendency  to 
poetical  construction  even  in  many  of  its  prayers, 
litanies  and  antiphons.  But  the  dramatic  power, 
such  as  I  have  described  it,  runs  through  the 
service  in  a  most  marked  manner,  and  must  be 
kept  in  view  for  its  right  understanding.  Thus, 
for  example,  the  entire  service  for  the  dead, 
office,  exequies,  and  mass,  refers  to  the  moment 
of  death,  and  bears  the  imagination  to  the  awful 
crisis  of  separation  between  body  and  soul.  No 
matter  that  the  anniversary  of  one  deceased  be 
commemorated  a  century  or  more  after  his  death, 
and  its  object  be  to  obtain  release  from  a  place 
of  temporary  chastisement,  where,  at  least,  his 
eternal  lot  of  happiness  is  secured  ;  the  prayers 
of  the  Church  represent  him  as  in  peril,  strug- 


TIIK   SKCOXn.  49 

gling  against  toes,  upon  tin-  edge  of  the  dismal 
pit  of  endless  woe.  In  the  pathetie  Offertory  ot 
the  Mass,  our  Saviour  is  entreated  to  k*  save  him 
from  the  lion's  mouth,  lest  hell  should  s\vallo\\ 
him  up,  and  he  fall  into  darkness/'  In  tin- 
Gradual,  he  is  implored  to  absolve  the  dead  from 
sin,  "  that  they  may  escape  the  judgment  of  his 
vengeance ;"  and  through  the  Office  the  versiele 
is  repeated  :  "  From  the  gates  of  hell  snatch  their 
souls,  oh  Lord  !"  In  like  manner,  words  of  the 
most  solemn  expression  are  put  into  the  months 
of  the  departed ;  which  represent  them  as  still 
engaged  in  doubtful  contest.  All  this  is  exceed- 
ingly awful  and  beautiful,  when  considered  in  the 
light  I  have  suggested,  as  transporting  us  to  that 
scene  where  the  real  reckoning  between  justice 
and  mercy  takes  place,  and  working  up  our  feel- 
ings of  fervour  and  earnestness  to  that  intense 
energy,  which  a  prayer  at  that  decisive  moment 
would  inspire. 

In  like  manner,  and  with  the  same  beautiful 
spirit,  the  Church  prepares  us  during  Advent 
for  the  commemoration  of  our  dear  Redeem er's 
birth,  as  though  it  were  really  yet  to  take  place. 
We  are  not  drily  exhorted  to  profit  by  that 
blessed  event,  and  its  solemnization  ;  but  we  are 
daily  made  to  sigh  with  the  Fathers  of  old,  "  Send 
down  the  dew  ye  heavens  from  above,  and  let 
the  clouds  rain  the  Just  One  :  let  the  earth  be 
opened,  and  bud  forth  the  Redeemer!"  The 


50  LECTURE  THE  SECOND. 

Collects  on  three  of  the  four  Sundays  of  that 
season  begin  with  the  words  "  Lord  raise  up  thy 
power  and  come  :"  as  though  we  feared  our  ini- 
quities would  prevent  his  being  born.  It  is 
curious  to  remark,  how  the  compilers  of  the 
English  Liturgy,  who  have  throughout  the  year 
kept  the  Collects  almost  literally  translated, 
startled,  perhaps,  by  the  bold  poetry  of  this  idea, 
which  in  our  Liturgy  accords  with  the  rest  of  the 
service,  substituted  new  prayers  on  two  of  these 
days,  and  altered  the  third  so  as  to  destroy  that 
sentiment,  by  adding  after  "  come  "  the  words 
"amongst  us,"  and  completely  changing  the 
sense  in  the  latter  part.*  But,  through  the  Ca- 

*  Here  are  subjoined  the  two  collects  as  they  stand  in  their 
respective  Liturgies. 

ROMAN  LITURGY.  ENGLISH  LITURGY. 

Exert,  we  beseech  thee,  O  O  Lord,  raise  up  (we  pray 
Lord,  thy  power  and  come :  Thee)  Thy  power,  and  come 
and  succour  us  by  Thy  great  amongst  us,  and  with  great 
might,  that  by  the  assistance  might  succour  us  ;  that  where- 
of Thy  grace,  Thy  indulgent  as,  through  our  sins  and  wick- 
mercy  may  hasten  what  is  edness  we  are  sore  let  and 
delayed  by  our  sins.  Who  hindered  in  running  the  race 
livest,  &c.  that  is  set  before  us,  Thy 

bountiful  grace  and  mercy 
may  speedily  help  and  deliver 
us,  through  the  satisfaction  of 
Thy  Son,  our  Lord,  to  whom 
with  Thee  and  the  Holy 
Ghost  be  honour  and  glory 
world  without  end. —  Amen. 


LECTURE  THE  SECOND.  .">  I 

tholic  service  of  that  season  the  same  sentiment 
is  kept  alive,  becoming  more  and  more  defined 
as  the  festival  approaches  ;  and  still  on  it  the 
same  ideal  return  to  the  very  moment  and  eii 
cumstances  of  our  divine  Redeemer's  birth  is 
expressed.  The  shepherds  are  desired,  in  poetical 
language,  to  declare  what  they  have  seen  ;  and 
all  the  glories  of  the  day  are  represented  to  the 
soul  as  if  actually  occurring. 

In  all  this  it  is  impossible  not  to  recognize  the 
highest  poetical  expression  of  the  feelings  most 
suitable  to  the  event  commemorated,  by  carrying 
them  back,  with  dramatic  power,  to  the  scene 
itself.  This  principle,  which  will  be  found  to 
animate  the  church  service  of  every  other  season, 
rules  most  remarkably  that  of  Holy  Week, 
and  gives  it  soul  and  life.  It  is  not  intended  to 
be  merely  commemorative  or  historical ;  it  is 
strictly  speaking  representative.  The  Church 
puts  herself  into  mourning,  as  though  her  spouse 
wrere  now  undergoing  his  cruel  fate  ;  she  weeps 
over  Jerusalem,  as  if  the  measure  of  her  iniquity 
were  not  yet  filled  up,  arid  the  punishment 
which  has  overtaken  her  might  yet  be  averted. 
Our  blessed  Saviour  is  made,  in  the  beautiful 
Improperia  on  Good-Friday,  to  address  the 
Jews,  as  though  still  his  people,  and  expostulate 
with  them  on  their  ungrateful  return  for  his 
benefits ;  not,  of  course,  speaking  to  the  unfor- 


LIBRARY  ST.  MARY'S  COLLEGE 


52  LECTURE  THE  SECOND. 

tunate  remnant  of  that  people  scattered  over  the 
world,  but  to  the  entire  nation,  as  though  actu- 
ally engaged  in  their  barbarity  towards  him. 
Whoever  looks  not  at  these  functions  in  this 
sense,  and  reads  not  the  Offices,  sung  or  recited 
during  them,  with  this  feeling,  will  certainly 
neither  relish  nor  understand  them. 

Why,  he  will  ask,  are  the  Lamentations  of 
Jeremiah  sung  in  such  pathetic  melody,  bewail- 
ing the  destruction  and  captivity  of  the  Jewish 
people,  while  we  should  rather  be  lamenting  our 
own  sins  which  crucified  the  Son  of  Man  ?  Be- 
cause the  Church  rather  hopes  to  win  her  way, 
by  these  very  sentiments,  to  our  hearts, — by 
movingly  exciting  analogous  feelings  respecting 
the  old  people  of  God,  through  that  mixture  of 
indignation  and  compassion  which  the  witness- 
ing of  their  crime  would  most  powerfully  have 
excited.  Wherefore,  throughout  the  antiphons 
and  versicles,  and  other  minuter  parts  of  the 
service,  are  the  words  so  selected,  that  they 
could  appear  spoken  by  none  but  our  Saviour 
himself  during  his  Passion  ?  Because  it  is  wished 
to  represent  that  very  scene  in  such  a  manner, 
that  our  affections  should  be  excited  rather  as 
they  would  have  been  had  he  addressed  us,  or 
his  people  in  our  presence,  in  that  solemn  and 
feeling  hour,  than  as  they  are  likely  to  be  by  our 
own  cold  meditations. 


TIIK   SECOND.  .'..'I 

But  the  rich  poetry  of  this  idea  will  be  still 
more  notably  marked  arid  felt  if  we  analyse  any 
of  the  services.  Palm-Sunday  is  intended  to 
commemorate  the  triumphant  entry  of  our  Lord 
into  Jerusalem,  and  the  first  preparatory  steps 
of  his  Passion.  This  might  have  been  announced 
by  a  lesson  or  exhortation,  informing  the  faithful 
of  the  object  and  character  of  the  festival.  In- 
stead of  this  cold,  formal  method,  a  chorus,  pre- 
cisely as  in  the  best  Greek  tragedy,  is  charged 
with  this  duty.  It  opens  the  service  in  true 
dramatic  style,  by  singing,  with  noble  simplicity, 
"  Hosanna  to  the  Son  of  David !  blessed  is  he 
that  cometh  in  the  name  of  the  Lord  !  Oh  King 
of  Israel,  hosannah  in  the  highest."  After  this 
burst,  the  priest,  or  officiating  bishop,  introduces 
the  service  by  a  short  but  expressive  prayer, 
begging  a  blessing  on  the  commemoration  of 
Christ's  Passion,  which  is  going  to  commence. 
The  subdeacon  then  reads  a  lesson  from  Exodus, 
in  which,  with  an  appropriate,  and  consequently 
beautiful  analogy  to  the  festival,  God,  after  Israel 
had  rested  beneath  the  palm-trees  of  Eli  in, 
promises  complete  redemption,  with  the  evidence 
thereof,  from  the  Egyptian  bondage.*  Such  an 
introduction  is  at  once  harmonious,  noble,  and 
most  apt.  It  contains  the  type,  whose  fulfilment 
is  about  to  engage  our  attention.  The  chorus 
*  Exod.  xv.  27. 


54  LECTURE  THE  SECOND. 

again  comes  in,  and  prepares  the  way  for  what 
will  follow,  by  recounting  the  conspiracy  of  the 
Jewish  priests  for  Christ's  destruction,,  and  the 
prophecy  of  Caiphas,  that  one  should  die  for  the 
people  lest  all  should  perish.  Then,  at  length,  the 
deacon  fully  unfolds  the  nature  of  the  day's  cele- 
bration, by  chaunting  the  gospel  that  recounts 
the  triumphant  entry  into  Jerusalem,  and  the 
song  of  joy  with  which  it  was  accompanied.  The 
celebrant  (in  the  Sixtine  chapel,  the  Pope  him- 
self) then  proceeds  to  bless  the  prepared  palms, 
— that  is,  to  invoke  the  benediction  of  heaven  on 
all  who  devoutly  bear  and  keep  them  in  remem- 
brance of  this  opening  event  of  our  redemption. 

Of  the  prayers  employed  in  this  benediction  I 
will  say  nothing,  but  what  may  be  said  of  all  that 
occur  in  the  Church  Offices,  that  they  possess  an 
elevation  of  sentiment,  a  beauty  of  allusion,  a 
force  of  expression,  and  a  depth  of  feeling,  which 
no  modern  form  of  supplication  ever  exhibits. 
They  are  on  this  occasion  various ;  but  are 
relieved  by  the  choir,  ever  opportunely  breaking 
in  with  its  songs  of  gladness. 

When  the  palms  have  been  distributed,  the 
scene  of  Christ's  triumph  is  actually  represented 
by  a  procession,  in  which  they  are  borne.  Here 
again  the  true  dramatic  feeling  of  the  scene  is 
kept  up  by  the  chorus,  which,  beginning  with 
the  account  of  our  Saviour's  sending  two  dis- 


LECTURE  THE  SECOND.  ."» .', 

ciples  to  Bethani.'i,  to  procure  the  humble  ass 
on  which  he  was  to  ride,  describes  that  proces- 
sion in  a  series  of  strophes,  which  increase  in 
beauty  till  they  reach  a  sentiment  perfectly 
lyrical,  and  exclaim,  "  In  faith  be  we  united  with 
the  angels  and  those  children  crying  out  to  the 
triumpher  over  death,  "  Hosaima  in  the  highest !" 

A  ceremony  now  takes  place,  which  to  be 
understood  must  be  considered  in  the  same 
graphic  and  dramatic  light.  When  the  proces- 
sion returns  to  the  chapel,  it  finds  the  door 
closed :  to  represent  how  heaven's  gates  were 
barred  against  lost  man.  A  semi-chorus  within 
sings  the  two  first  verses  of  Theodulph's  hymn, 
even  as  he  did  within  his  prison.  The  full  cho- 
rus replies  in  the  same  strain  from  without. 
These  two  first  verses  are  afterwards  repeated 
as  a  burthen,  or  reply  to  each  distich,  sung 
as  an  antistrophe  by  the  semi-chorus  within. 
At  the  conclusion,  the  sub-deacon  strikes  the 
door  with  the  staff  of  the  cross  which  he  bears, 
to  denote,  that  through  the  redemption  on  the 
cross  the  bolts  of  heaven  were  withdrawn  ;  the 
doors  are  opened,  and  the  procession  enters, 
while  the  chorus  recounts  the  final  entry  of  our 
Lord's  triumphal  procession  into  the  holy  city. 

Should  the  mind  of  any  one,  used  to  consider 
such  action,  however  simple  in  itself  and  sym- 
bolical in  its  meaning,  as  abhorrent  from  a  true 

E 


56  LECTURE  THE  SECOND. 

worship,  want  a  higher  authority  for  its  employ- 
ment, I  would  refer  him  to  two  of  the  psalms, 
which  evidently,  and  as  accredited  Protestant 
commentators  admit,  were  composed  for  a  si- 
milar dramatic  recital.  The  first  is  the  twenty- 
fourth  psalm  (Heb.)  sung  on  occasion  of  the  ark's 
translation  to  Mount  Sion.  It  begins  by  a  splen- 
did chorus :  t(  The  earth  is  the  Lord's  and  the 
fulness  thereof,  the  world  and  all  that  therein 
dwell."  After  this  noble  introduction,  as  the 
procession  ascends  the  hill,  the  chorus  asks, 
"  Who  shall  ascend  into  the  mountain  of  the 
Lord,  or  stand  in  his  holy  place  ?"  When  this 
query  has  been  beautifully  answered,  the  pro- 
cession has  reached  the  tabernacle  and  finds  it 
closed.  The  chorus  exclaims,  "  Lift  up  your 
heads,  ye  gates,  and  be  lifted  up  ye  ancient  doors, 
that  the  King  of  Glory  may  enter."  The  semi- 
chorus,  probably  from  within,  demands,  "  Who 
is  this  King  of  Glory  ?"  the  chorus  replies,  "  The 
Lord  strong  and  mighty,  the  Lord  strong 
in  war."  Again  it  repeats  the  invocation  to 
the  gates,  again  the  semi-chorus  asks  its  ques- 
tion ;  and  then  the  doors  fly  open  to  the 
thundering  choral  burst,  "  The  Lord  of  Hosts, 
he  is  the  King  of  Glory."*  The  one  hundred 
and  twenty-first  psalm,  according  to  Lowth, 
has  the  same  construction.  In  it  the  king,  about 

*  Lowth,  p.  358. 


LECTURE  THE  SECOND.  ")7 

to  engage  in  war,  approaches  the  Tabernacle, 
and  standing  without,  implores  the  divine  assist- 
ance; to  which  the  priests  from  within  answer 
in  a  chorus,  assuring  him  of  wfhat  he  prays.* 
The  analogy  between  these  inspired  dramatic 
actions,  and  the  one  performed  at  the  close  of 
this  procession,  seems  to  me  singularly  striking ; 
and  should  not  only  remove  all  prejudice  against 
it,  which  can  hardly  exist  where  good  taste  and  a 
knowledge  of  its  spirit  direct  the  judgment,  but 
invest  it  with  an  interest  additional  to  its  own. 
But  there  is  another  part  of  the  Office  per- 
formed on  Sunday  and  repeated  on  Friday,  which 
goes  much  beyond  all  this  in  dramatic  power 
and  sublimity  of  representative  effect.  I  allude, 
as  many  of  you  will  readily  understand,  to  the 
chaunting  of  the  Passion,  according  to  St.  Mat- 
thew and  St.  John,  in  the  service  of  these  two 
days.  This  is  performed  by  three  interlocutors, 
in  the  habit  of  deacons,  who  distribute  among 
themselves  the  parts,  as  follows. — The  narrative 
is  given  by  one  in  a  strong  manly  tenor  voice  ; 
the  words  of  our  Saviour  are  chaunted  in  a  deep 
solemn  bass,  and  whatever  is  spoken  by  any 
other  person  is  given  by  the  third  in  a  high  con- 
tralto. This  at  once  produces  a  dramatic  effect ; 
each  part  has  its  particular  cadence,  of  old, 
simple,  but  rich  chaunt,  suited  to  the  character 

*  Lowth,  vi.  390. 

E  2 


58  LECTURE  THE  SECOND. 

represented,  and  worthy  of  ancient  tragedy. 
That  of  the  narrator  is  clear,  distinct,  and  slightly 
modulated :  that  in  which  ordinary  interlocutors 
speak,  sprightly  and  almost  bordering  upon 
colloquial  familiarity ;  but  that  in  which  our 
Saviour's  words  are  uttered,  is  slow,  grave  and 
most  solemn,  beginning  low,  and  ascending  by 
full  tones,  then  gently  varied  in  rich  though 
simple  undulations,  till  it  ends  by  a  graceful  and 
expressive  cadence,  modified  with  still  greater 
effect  in  interrogatory  phrases.  This  rhythm 
is  nearly  the  same  in  all  Catholic  churches,  but 
in  the  Pope's  chapel  has  the  advantage  of  being 
sung  by  three  of  the  choir  instead  of  by  ordinary 
clergymen,  and  consequently  by  voices  most  ac- 
curately intoned  and  most  scientifically  trained. 
But  the  peculiar  beauty,  or  rather  the  magni- 
ficence, of  this  dramatic  recitation  in  the  Sixtine 
chapel,  consists  in  the  chorus.  For,  whenever 
the  Jewish  crowd  are  made  to  speak,  in  the 
history  of  the  Passion,  or  indeed  whenever  any 
number  of  individuals  interfere,  the  choir  bursts 
in  with  its  simple  but  massive  harmony,  and 
expresses  the  sentiment  with  a  truth  and  energy 
which  thrills  through  the  frame  and  overpowers 
the  feelings.  These  choruses  were  composed 
in  1585,  by  Thomas  Lewis  de  Victoria,  native 
of  Avila,  and  contemporary  with  the  immortal 
Palestrina,  who  did  not  attempt  to  correct  or 


LECTURK  THE  SECOND.  .'>!) 

alter  them;  probably,  as  his  worthy  successor, 
Baini,  has  observed  to  me,  because  he  found 
them  so  perfect  and  suited  to  their  intention. 
These  are  twenty-one  in  the  gospel  of  Sunday, 
and  only  fourteen  in  that  of  Friday.  Tlir  phrases, 
too,  of  which  they  consist,  in  the  first  are  longer, 
and  more  capable  of  varied  expression  than  in 
the  latter,  and  the  composer  has  taken  full  ad- 
vantage of  this  circumstance.  When  the  Jews 
cry  out,  "  Crucify  him/'  or  "  Barabbas,"  the 
music,  like  the  words,  is  concentrated  with 
frightful  energy,  and  consists  of  just  as  many 
notes  as  syllables ;  yet,  in  the  three  notes  of  the 
last  word,  a  passage  of  key  is  effected,  simple  as 
it  is  striking.  In  this,  and  in  most  of  the  cho- 
ruses, the  effect  is  rendered  far  more  powerful 
by  the  abrupt  termination  which  cuts  the  con- 
cluding note  into  a  quaver  (a  note  not  known 
in  the  music  of  the  papal  choir),  though  in 
written  measure  it  is  a  large,  or  double  breve. 
The  entire  harmony,  though  almost  all  composed 
of  semibreves,  is  given  in  a  quick  but  marked, 
and,  so  to  speak,  a  stamping  way,  well  suiting, 
the  tumultuous  outcries  of  a  furious  mob.  These 
are  all  traditional  modifications  of  the  written 
score,  preserved  alive  from  year  to  year  among 
the  musicians  since  the  original  composer's 
time.  In  the  third  chorus  of  St.  Matthew's 
Passion,  where  the  two  false  witnesses  speak,  it 


60  LECTURE  THE  SECOND. 

is  in  a  duet,  between  a  soprano  and  contralto, 
and  the  words  are  made  to  follow  one  another 
in  a  stumbling  way,  as  though  one  always  took 
up  his  story  from  the  other,  and  the  music  is  in 
a  syncopated  style  ;  one  part  either  jarring  with 
or  clearly  imitating  the  other's  movements  ;  so 
that  it  most  aptly  represents  the  judgment,  "  that 
their  testimony  was  not  agreeing."  In  the  six- 
teenth, nothing  could  exceed  the  soft  and  mov- 
ing tone  in  which  the  words,  "  Hail  King  of  the 
Jews"  are  uttered.  With  all  the  expression 
belonging  to  their  character,  they  powerfully 
draw  the  soul  to  utter,  in  earnest,  what  was  in- 
tended in  blasphemy.  But,  towards  the  end, 
these  choruses  increase  in  length,  in  richness, 
and  variety.  The  seventeenth  and  eighteenth 
are  master-pieces  ;  they  are  bolder  in  their  tran- 
sitions and  most  happy  in  their  resolutions,  and 
their  final  cadences,  swelling,  majestic  and  full. 
In  the  gospel  of  St.  John,  however,  there  are 
one  or  two  phrases,  which,  if  not  so  rich,  are 
even  more  exquisite  in  their  modulation.  I  would 
instance  the  tenth :  "If  you  let  him  go,  you  are 
no  friend  of  Caesar's,"  which  is  delightfully  mo- 
dulated. But  far  the  most  beautiful  and  pathetic 
in  all  the  collection  is  the  last  chorus,  "  Let  us 
not  divide  it,  but  cast  lots."  The  parts  succeed 
one  another  in  a  falling  cadence,  growing  softer 
and  softer,  and  almost  dying  away,  till  the  entire 
chorus  swells  in  a  mildened  but  majestic  burst. 


LECTURE  THE  SECOND.  61 

I  have  entered  into  these  details,  because  I 
think  the  shortness  of  these  beautiful  compon 
tions,  the  rapidity  of  their  execution,  and  the 
suddenness  with  which  they  break  upon  the  ear, 
and  with  which  they  expire,  produce  generally 
a  feeling  rather  of  wonder  and  amazement  than 
of  admiration,  and  prevent  attention  to  the  pe- 
culiar expression  of  each,  and  the  scientific, 
though  simple  construction,  of  many  of  them. 

You  will,  I  think,  acknowledge  that  the  enti re- 
arrangement of  these  Passions  is  upon  a  prin- 
ciple of  deep  dramatic  design,  well  worthy  of 
them,  and  calculated  to  produce  more  solemn 
and  devout  impression  on  the  soul  than  any 
recital  or  exposition  of  their  momentous  con- 
tents possibly  could.  The  measured,  stately 
rhythm  of  the  triple  chaunt,  in  addition  to  the 
aid  it  receives  from  these  choruses,  has,  besides, 
a  poetical  feeling  superadded  by  the  manner  of 
its  performance.  For,  without  any  appearance  of 
artifice,  the  strong  voice  in  which  the  historical 
recitation  is  delivered,  will  be  observed  to  soften 
gradually  as  the  catastrophe  approaches — reduced 
almost  to  a  whisper  as  the  last  words  upon  the 
cross  are  related — and  die  away  as  the  last  breath 
of  our  Saviour's  life  is  yielded;  when  all,  I 
would  almost  say,  spontaneously  fall  upon  their 
knees,  and  a  deep  silence  of  some  moments  i> 
observed  and  necessarily  felt. 


62  LECTURE  THE  SECOND. 

After  having  dwelt  at  such  length  upon  these 
two  Offices,  for  the  purpose  of  guiding  the  mind 
to  a  proper  appreciation  of  the  artistic,  or  poet- 
ical principle,  on  which  they  are  constructed,  it 
can  hardly  be  necessary  to  accumulate  other 
examples.  For  the  feeling  is  one  throughout ; 
that  of  bearing  back  the  mind  and  heart  to  the 
original  scene,  and  concentrating  their  thoughts 
and  affections  upon  the  last  moments  of  our  Re- 
deemer's life,  as  though  we  actually  witnessed 
them.  The  same  principle,  farther  enforced  by 
a  divine  recommendation,  if  not  a  command- 
ment, has  preserved  on  Thursday  the  practice 
of  washing  the  feet  of  the  poor,  as  an  ecclesias- 
tical ceremony.  The  Pope  strips  himself  of  his 
rich  sacerdotal  robes,  girds  himself  with  a  linen 
towel,  and  washes  the  feet  of  those  appointed, 
and  kisses  them.  The  commemoration  of  our 
Lord's  conduct,  in  his  last  days,  would  not  have 
been  complete,  if  that  singular  act  of  humility 
and  kindness,  which  he  coupled  as  an  illustra- 
tration  with  the  precept  of  fraternal  love,  had 
found  no  place  in  the  service  of  this  week.  And 
immeasurable,  nay  infinite,  as  must  be  the  dis- 
tance between  the  Incarnate  Son  of  God  and 
any  man,  however  much  exalted  upon  earth,  can 
we  imagine  a  closer  imitative  approach  to  that 
condescending  manifestation  of  charity,  a  more 
graphic  illustration  of  the  command  to  do  as 


LECTURE  THE  SECOND.  63 

He  did,  than  in  witnessing  one,  whom  the  great 
majority  of  Christians  believe  to  be  his  vi<  < 
gerent  and  representative — one,  whom  all  see  to 
be  a  sovereign  upon  earth,  and  the  spiritual 
chief  of  more  subjects  than  any  other,  can,  in  his 
temporal  dominion,  count,  thus  fulfilling  this 
duty,  from  which,  in  spite  of  its  apparent  for- 
mality, many  would  shrink,  and  at  any  rate 
literally  performing  towards  his  poorer  brethren 
that  which  Christ  did  towards  his  apostles. 
This  rite,  considered  upon  our  principle  of  repre- 
senting our  Redeemer's  conduct,  as  in  a  sacred 
drama,  becomes  not  only  appropriate  but  almost 
necessary. 

A  number  of  other  ceremonies  will  be  ex- 
plained in  the  same  manner.  For  instance,  at 
the  beginning  of  the  High  Mass,  on  Easter 
Sunday,  the  Pope,  as  he  proceeds  towards  the 
altar,  is  met  by  the  three  youngest  cardinal 
deacons,  whom  he  embraces,  as  emblematic  of 
our  Redeemer's  first  interview  with  his  faithful 
followers  when  he  rose  from  death.  The  custom 
of  the  sepulchre,  or  the  depositing  of  the  Eucha- 
ristic  species  in  an  altar  prepared  for  that  pur- 
pose, when  considered  in  connexion  with  the 
Catholic  belief  of  the  real  presence  of  Jesus 
Christ's  true  body  and  blood  in  that  sacrament, 
becomes  a  lively  representation  of  the  closing 
circumstance  of  his  sacred  Passion. 


64  LECTURE  THE  SECOND. 

But  sensible  that  I  have  said  sufficient  to 
direct  your  attention  towards  the  sentiments 
with  which  these  Offices  are  to  be  considered  and 
attended,  and  fearful  of  becoming  tedious  by 
prolixity,  I  will  pass  over  the  many  other  illustra- 
tions which  occur  to  me,  and  rather  make  one 
or  two  observations  on  the  service  of  the  eight 
days  considered  as  a  whole.  While  every  part 
has  a  character  of  life  and  of  living  action,  which 
forms  the  very  essence  of  dramatic  representa- 
tion, an  attentive  observer  will  not  fail  to  notice 
the  progressive  and  deepening  tone  of  feeling 
which  the  successive  days  are  calculated  to  pro- 
duce, with  such  contrasts  and  partial  alleviations 
as  are  necessary  to  give  it  vigour,  and  preserve 
its  poetical  power.  And  this  is  owing  only  to 
the  fidelity  with  which  the  representation  fol- 
lows the  original  scene. 

Thus  the  service  of  Sunday  opens  it  in  a  sorrow- 
ful and  solemn  manner ;  but  there  is  a  mixture 
of  passing  exultation  and  triumph,  as,  bearing 
palms,  we  commemorate  the  entry  into  Jeru- 
salem. During  the  three  following  days,  the 
Office  is  all  sorrowful,  but  without  any  public 
demonstration  of  moment,  till  the  Tenebrse  of 
Wednesday  afternoon  removes  the  veil,  and 
shows  the  church  in  mourning,  in  the  solemn 
chaunt  of  her  Office,  the  Lamentations  and  the 
Miserere.  Thursday  checks,  for  a  moment,  the 


LECTURE  THE  SECOND.  65 

course  of  grief.  It  is  dedicated  to  the  conni 
moration  of  the  institution  of  the  blessed  Eucha- 
rist, and  the  sealing  of  the  Covenant  of  love. 
The  sacerdotal  vestments  are  white;  the  "  Gloria 
in  excelsis"  is  sung,  and  everything  indicate 
some  mitigation  of  growing  sorrow ;  for  still  the 
vein  of  religious  melancholy  may  be  distinctly 
traced  running  through  all  the  Office.  When 
this  tribute  of  more  joyful  gratitude  has  been 
paid,  every  barrier  has  been  broken  down  to 
grief ;  the  altars  are  stripped  not  only  of  every 
ornament  (that  had  been  done  from  the  begin- 
ning of  Passion-tide),  but  of  its  daily  ordinary 
coverings,  and  with  them,  of  course,  every  other 
part  of  the  chapel,  from  the  canopy  to  the  floor, 
is  bared  and  unclothed ;  the  purple  colour  worn 
on  the  Sunday  is  changed  into  the  deeper  mourn- 
ing hue  of  black ;  the  Cardinals,  for  this  only 
day  in  the  year,  have  their  robes  of  serge  instead 
of  silk ;  the  Liturgy  itself  seems  to  be  confused 
and  is  imperfect ;  and  then  the  church  is  left 
without  her  incense  or  taper,  mourning  and 
solitary,  as  on  the  loss  of  an  only  begotten. 
Saturday  of  old  wras  spent  in  this  abandonment 
of  unspeaking  woe,  without  a  service  or  a  ehaunt. 
But  according  to  the  present  ritual,  the  first 
dawn  of  consolation  is  allowed  to  appear,  tidings 
of  the  Resurrection  are  communicated,  the  Alle- 
luia of  the  following  day  is  announced,  and  so  is 


66  LECTURE  THE  SECOND. 

that  too  sudden  transition  prevented,  which 
otherwise  would  take  place,  from  the  depth  of 
sorrow  to  the  fullest  consummation  of  spiritual 
joy,  in  the  glories  which  the  Resurrection  of  our 
Redeemer  unfolds  to  the  imagination  and  feelings 
of  the  faithful  Christian.  Such  are  the  principles 
that  pervade  these  sacred  Offices  of  Holy  Week, 
as  performed  at  the  Vatican  ;  intended  as  repre- 
sentations, they  act,  rather  than  commemorate, 
the  various  scenes  of  our  blessed  Saviour's  Pas- 
sion ;  and  they  contain,  both  in  their  separate 
actions,  and  in  their  great  combination,  all  the 
elements  of  a  poetry  powerfully  dramatic. 

•Never  has  such  poetry  walked  long  alone, 
but  the  sister  art  of  sound  and  harmonious  ex- 
pression is  sure  to  join  her.  It  would  have  been 
strange  indeed,  if  the  inspiring  genius  of  Christian 
art,  which  had  made  every  other  form  of  the 
beautiful  serve  it,  should  have  found  music  alone 
unavailable ;  or  if  the  spirit,  which  had  com- 
bined such  noble  and  beautiful  sentiments  in  one 
grand  ceremonial,  had  not  been  able  to  breathe 
them  in  becoming  accents.  Music,  then,  alone 
seems  wanting  to  complete  our  view  of  the  ar- 
tistic merits  of  these  holy  functions,  which  we 
have  shown  to  have  been  most  influential  in 
developing  the  arts  of  design,  and  to  possess  in 
themselves  the  greatest  poetical  beauty;  nor 
shall  we  find  it  here  unworthy  of  its  destination. 


LECTURE  THE  SECOND.  67 

For  I  may  say,  contradiction  nothing  tVarhm. 
that  you  will  hear  during  the  next  week  such 
music,  as  that  whether  you  consider  its  grandeur 
of  effect,  or  the  skill  of  its  composition,  its  irre- 
sistible impression,  or  its  historical  interest,  no 
other  place  in  the  world,  in  the  same  period  of 
time,  or  indeed  ever,  can  exhibit.  Upon  this 
matter,  therefore,  I  now  proceed  to  treat. 

The  music  performed  in  the  Papal  chapel  dur- 
ing Holy  Week  is  of  a  two-fold  kind,  the  plain 
or  Gregorian  chaunt,  called  in  Italian,  "  canto 
fermo,"  or  "canto  piano,"  and  the  peculiar  har- 
monized music,  "  canto  figurato,"  there  only 
used.  I  need  not  remind  you  that  no  instru- 
ment is  ever  admitted.  In  the  first  of  these  are 
sung  the  whole  of  the  Tenebrse,  excepting  the 
first  lamentation,  and  the  Miserere  at  the  end, 
and  certain  portions  of  the  Mass,  as  the  Introit, 
Gradual,  Offertory,  and  Communion.  The  two 
portions  of  the  Tenebrse  just  excepted,  the  Kyrie 
Eleison,  Gloria,  and  other  parts  of  the  Mass,  are 
sung  in  harmony.  That  you  may  understand 
the  value  of  the  various  pieces  which  you  will 
hear,  it  may  not  be  without  use  to  run  cursorily 
over  the  history  of  sacred  music. 

We  have  no  clear  testimonies  upon  this  sub- 
ject before  peace  was  restored  to  the  Church  ; 
when  Eusebius  tells  us  that  different  places  were 
assigned  to  the  young  and  old  who  sung  psalms. 


68  LECTURE  THE  SECOND. 

St.  Augustine  attributes  the  introduction  of  alter- 
nate chaunting,  in  the  west,  to  St.  Ambrose, 
who,  during  his  residence  in  the  east,  had  learned 
it.  There  is  a  well-known  passage  in  his  Con- 
fessions, where  he  describes  the  influence  the 
music  of  the  Milanese  church  exercised  on  his 
conversion,  by  moving  him  to  tears  of  tenderness 
when  he  heard  it.  The  system  introduced  by 
St.  Ambrose  is  not  known ;  there  is  no  doubt 
but  it  was  founded  upon  the  ancient  Greek 
system ;  and  as  what  is  now  called  the  Gregorian 
chaunt  is  based  upon  it  too,  we  cannot  doubt 
but  it  bore  a  great  resemblance  to  this,  and  was, 
in  fact,  either  superadded  or  absorbed  by  the 
reform  which  Pope  Gregory  the  Great  introduced 
into  church  music.  I  am  far  from  wishing  to 
enter  into  technical  details,  but  it  may  be  in- 
teresting to  many  to  know,  in  what  the  scale  or 
keys  of  the  Gregorian,  or  plain  chaunt,  differ 
from  those  in  ordinary  music,  and,  therefore,  I 
will  briefly  speak  of  them.  St.  Gregory  gave  to 
the  octave  scale  the  names  which  its  notes  now 
bear,  ABC,  &c.  According  to  his  and  the 
present  systems  of  music,  any  of  these  notes  may 
be  the  key-note ;  but  then  we  now  introduce 
as  many  flats  and  sharps  as  are  necessary  to  make 
the  tones  and  semitones  fall  at  the  same  inter- 
vals in  every  major  and  minor  key  respectively. 
Hence  a  melody  written  for  one  key  can  be  sung 


LECTURE  THE  SECOND.  09 

upon  another,  without  any  rhanirt-  thence  result- 
ing except  as  to  pitch.  In  the  (in-irorian  rliaunt 
likewise,  any  note  may  be  the  key-note  ;  but  no 
sharps  or  flats  arc  allowed  excepting  B  b  in  tin- 
key  of  F.  Thus  in  every  key,  the  position  of  tin- 
semitones  varies  ;  and  a  piece  of  music,  com- 
posed on  one  key  or  tone,  is  completely  altered, 
and  becomes  insufferable  if  transposed  into  ano- 
ther. Within  a  few  centuries,  sad  corruptions 
had  crept  into  the  ecclesiastical  music ;  and  great 
disputes  arose  as  to  how  many  keys  or  tones 
there  were  in  it.  Those  were  days  of  loyalty  ; 
and  the  nice  point  was  referred  to  Charlemagne. 
He  studied  the  question  deeply,  took  counsel, 
and  issued  his  imperial  decree,  "  that  eight  keys 
or  modes  appeared  quite  sufficient."  Remon- 
strances seem  to  have  been  made,  especially  by 
the  Greeks ;  and  a  second  mandate  pronounced 
"  there  are  twelve  modes."  * 

The  Gregorian  chaunt  is  completely  diatonic  ; 
it  is  melodic,  that  is,  sung  by  all  the  voices. 
Rousseau  has  observed,  and  every  musician  will 
agree,  that  no  modern  music  can  come  up  to  it 
in  that  pathos,  which  a  majestic  strain  can  give 
to  the  human  voice ;  and  another  author  has 
observed,  that  every  modern  attempt  to  compose 
in  imitation  of  it  has  completely  failed.  The 
services  of  Holy  Week  will  present  the  most 

*  Baini,  "  Vita  di  PaJestrina,"  torn.  ii.  p.  81. 


70  LECTURE  THE  SECOND. 

perfect  specimens.  As  a  chaunt,  for  a  minister 
at  the  altar,  I  will  mention,  as  unrivalled,  the 
Passion,  of  which  I  have  already  spoken,  and 
the  Benediction  of  the  Paschal  Candle  on  Holy 
Saturday  morning ;  as  joyous  yet  as  dignified  a 
piece  of  declamatory  music,  if  I  may  so  speak, 
as  is  anywhere  to  be  found.  The  psalms  are 
chaunted  at  Tenebrae  in  plain  Gregorian  song  ; 
but  I  hardly  know  where  to  choose  a  more 
beautiful  example  of  its  rich  and  expressive 
modulations,  than  the  verse  which  is  sung  just 
before  the  Miserere,  <e  Christus  factus  est,  &c." 
Christ  was  made  obedient  for  us  unto  death. 
Each  evening  an  additional  clause  is  joined,  and 
the  strain  increases  in  loftiness  and  beauty.  The 
second  and  third  Lamentations  each  day  are 
sung  by  a  single  treble  voice  to  a  cadence  well 
known,  but  particularly  modified  into  additional 
sweetness  in  the  Sixtine  chapel.  In  general,  the 
most  delicately  and  most  pathetically  modulated 
is  the  prayer  of  Jeremiah,  the  last  on  Friday 
evening. 

In  all  these  instances,  and  many  others,  we 
have  the  most  perfect  examples  of  the  true  Gre- 
gorian chaunt.  But  there  are  other  things  to 
remark,  still  more  interesting  to  those  that  study 
the  history  of  music.  It  would  appear  that  in 
the  old  church  chaunt  the  melody  was  rhythmic, 
that  is  to  say,  there  was  no  written  distinction 


LECTURE  THE  SECOND.  7  I 

of  length  in  the  notes ;  the  letters  which  indi- 
cated them  were  noted  only  to  express  the  tone, 
but  the  measure  of  the  note  followed  the  quan- 
tity, as  grammarians  call  it,  of  the  syllable  it 
accompanied,  so  as  to  express  the  practical 
rhythm  or  prosody  of  the  hymn.  Shakes,  how- 
ever, and  ornamental  passages,  were  admitted,  to 
add  grace  to  the  movement.  Now,  whoever 
would  wish  to  have  an  idea  of  the  music  which 
this  would  produce  must  go  the  Pope's  chapel 
on  Good  Friday,  when  the  only  piece  that  has 
been  preserved,  or  is  sung  in  the  world,  upon 
this  system,  is  performed.  This  is  the  hymn, 
(e  Pange  lingua  gloriosi,  lauream  certaminis," 
sung  during  the  ceremony  of  kissing  the  crucifix, 
after  the  "  Improperia"  It  is  a  lively,  almost 
sprightly  composition,  not  unsuitable  to  the 
triumphant  words  that  are  matched  to  it ;  and  if 
any  one  should  think  it  of  too  light  a  character  for 
the  occasion,  he  will,  I  am  sure,  cease  to  judge 
it  so  severely,  when  he  thus  considers  it  as  the 
only  remnant  of  that  truly  poetical  music  which 
accurately  expresses  the  prosody  of  the  words, 
Don  Antonio  Eximeno,  an  eminent  writer  on  mu- 
sic,wasso  struck  with  this  hymn,  that  he  went  year 
after  year  to  hear  it,  and  has  written  a  long  scien- 
tific eulogium  of  it.  He  pronounces  it  a  wrork 
which  every  composer  or  director  of  church  music 
should  diligently  study,  as  a  beautiful  specimen 

F 


72  LECTURE  THE  SECOND. 

of  the  rhythmic  style.*  Nor  is  this  the  only 
relic  of  music,  else  lost,  which  is  here  found  ;  for, 
as  in  that  instance,  the  Holy  Week  has  treasured 
up  for  us  the  only  example  of  an  ancient  system 
of  melody,  so  has  it  kept  the  only  remains  of  the 
oldest  known  system  of  harmonization.  On 
Easter  Sunday  morning  you  will  hear  the  part  of 
the  Office,  called  Tierce,  sung  before  Mass,  while 
the  Pope  is  robing  beside  the  altar.  At  the 
close  of  each  psalm,  you  will  not  fail  to  notice 
the  "  Gloria  Patri"  harmonized  upon  a  system 
manifestly  different  from  anything  you  have 
heard  elsewhere,  but  producing  a  rich  and  pa- 
thetic effect.  This  is  the  only  instance  remain- 
ing of  what  the  French  used  to  call  faux  bour- 
don, and  from  them,  after  the  Pope's  return  from 
Avignon,  the  Italian's  /also  bordone,  or  false 
lass ;  for  two  other  systems,  since  called  by  this 
name,  are  spurious  and  mere  modern  conceits. 
It  is  attributed  to  Guido,  of  Arezzo,  the  father 
of  modern  music,  in  the  eleventh  century,  and 
is  effected  simply  thus. — The  contralto  continues 
the  tone  or  strain  of  the  psalm  just  as  the  pre- 
ceding verses  were  sung ;  the  tenor  takes  the  sixth 
and  the  bass  the  third,  and  these  two  parts 
follow  the  movement  of  the  tone,  always  keeping 
the  same  interval,  without  regard  of  tones  or 

*  "  Dubbio  ;"  Roma,  1775,  p.  i.  p.  19. 


LECTURE  THE  SECOND.  ~'.\ 

semitones.*  This  uould  be  considered  by  any 
composer  contrary  to  all  rule;  yet  the  effect  it 
produces  is  perfectly  delicious.  There  are  se- 
veral other  partieularities  in  the  Gregorian 
chaunt,  as  performed  in  the  Pope's  chapel,  which, 
not  to  be  tedious,  I  omit.  I  will  only  observe, 
that  even  the  plain  chaunt  in  the  Mass  and  anti- 
phons  is  there  sung  in  two  parts  ;  the  tenor  and 
treble  always  taking  the  melody  a  third  above 
the  other  two.  This  is  done,  by  permission 
obtained,  with  considerable  difficulty,  from,  I 
believe,  Alexander  VII. 

Far  the  most  interesting  portion  of  the  music, 
which  enters  into  these  Offices,  is  that  disposed 
in  parts,  or  harmonized.  I  have  already  re- 
marked on  the  corruptions  wrhich  had  early  crept 
into  sacred  music.  The  Roman  Church  had, 
however,  always  adhered  to  the  plain  song? 
though  greatly  debased,  till  the  return  of  Gre- 
gory XI  from  Avignon,  in  1377,  when  he  brought 
with  him  his  French  choir,  which  he  united  with 
that  of  Rome.  They  introduced  harmonized 
music  of  the  most  dangerous  character,  full  of 
tricks,  divisions,  and  meretricious  ornament, 
which  soon  degraded  church  music  from  a 
science  to  a  mere  profane  exhibition.  Time 

*  A  part  has  been  added  for  the  treble,  which  properly 
should  be  in  unison  with  the  bass.     Even  in  the  other  p.. 
on  some  occasions,  slight  deviations  have  been  introduced. 

F2 


74  LECTURE  THE  SECOND. 

brought  no  improvement ;  and  by  the  sixteenth 
century  the  evil  seemed  beyond  the  hope  of  any 
cure  except  the  most  desperate.  The  papal 
choir  was  almost  exclusively  in  the  hands  of 
foreigners, — Spaniards,  French,  but  chiefly  Fle- 
mings. There  was  actually  an  idea  that  the 
Italians  had  no  musical  talent  or  power;  the 
strangers  made  a  complete  monopoly  of  the  pon- 
tifical chapel,  engaged  fellow-countrymen  who 
could  not  sing  a  note,  and  jealously  excluded  all 
natives  ;  so  that  at  one  time  the  number  of 
effective  performers  was  reduced  to  nine.  But 
the  corruption  of  sacred  music  became  more  de- 
cided than  its  decline ;  and  consisted  in  two 
points : — First,  in  the  confusion  of  the  words. 
Instead  of  all  the  parts  being  applied  to  the  same 
words,  they  were  often  singing  phrases  that  did 
not  belong  in  the  least  to  the  Office,  but  were 
either  Scripture  texts,  or  fanciful  compositions. 
Thus  in  an  old  Kyrie  Eleison,  preserved  in  the 
archives  of  the  choir,  the  tenor  sings,  "  I  am 
risen  and  still  am  with  you,  Alleluia,"  and  other 
similar  words.  In  another,  entitled  of  the  B. 
Virgin,  the  same  voice  sings  through  the  Kyrie, 
Gloria,  and  Credo,  a  hymn  in  her  praise.  There 
is  a  motett  of  Obrecht's,  in  which  four  different 
sets  of  words  are  sung  by  the  four  voices.  The 
confusion  was  such,  that  no  words  at  all  could 
be  distinguished,  but  all  was  a  jarring  confusion, 


LECTURE  THE  SECOND.  7.> 

most  unbecoming  a  religious  \\orship.  When 
Nicholas  V  asked  Cardinal  Domcnico  Capranira 
\vhat  lie  thought  of  his  choir,  he  boldly  answered, 
with  a  comparison,  not  as  elegant  a>  it  i-  ex- 
pressive, that  it  seemed  to  him  "  like  a  sack  full 
of  young  swine,  for  he  heard  a  dreadful  HOIM  , 
but  could  distinguish  nothing  articulate/'  In 
1549,  Cirillo  Franchi  wrote  to  Ugolino  Gualtt  i 
ruzzi,  of  the  singers  of  his  day,  "  Pongono  tutta 
la  loro  beatitudine  in  fare  che  al  medesimo  tempo 
che  uno  dice  sanctus,  dice  1'altro  tiahaoth,  c 
1'altro  gloria  fuu,  con  alcuni  urli,  mugiti,  gar- 
garismi,  che  sembrono  piu  gatti  di  Gennajo,  che 
fiori  di  Maggio."* 

The  second  and  worse  corruption  was  from 
the  selection  of  the  melodies.  Originally,  amidst 
all  the  degradation  of  church  song,  one  of  the 
voices  at  least  preserved  the  established  notes ; 
which  served  as  a  ground  for  the  absurd  varia- 
tions of  the  others.  In  course  of  time,  com- 
posers chose  for  their  theme  other  pieces  of 
sacred  music,  to  which  they  adapted  the  words 
of  the  Creed,  or  Gloria,  always  preserving  more 
or  less  the  strain.  The  Mass  then  received  tin 

*  Baini,  torn.  ii.  p.  104-.  "  It  is  their  greatest  happiness  to 
contrive,  that  while  one  says  and  us  tho  other  should  say 
Sabaoth,  and  a  third  gloria  tuat  with  certain  lio\\ls,  lu-llowiugs 
and  gutteral  sounds,  so  that  they  more  resemble  cats  in  Janu- 
ary than  Howers  of  May." 


76  LECTURE  THE  SECOND. 

name  of  this  piece  ;  thus  we  have  the  Mass 
"  Beatus  Vir,"  the  Mass  "  Ave  Maria/'  &c.  So 
far  some  indulgence  might  be  granted  ;  but  the 
next  step  was  intolerable.  Composers  pro- 
ceeded to  select  for  their  themes,  profane,  vulgar, 
and  even  lascivious  airs  ;  and  as  most  of  the 
musicians  were  foreigners,  so  most  of  these 
strains  were  proven9al.  In  this  manner,  we 
have  Masses  entitled  "  L'Homme  arme,"  a 
theme  often  repeated ;  "  Chiare,  fresche  e  dolci 
acque,"  and  innumerable  others ;  some  with 
titles  which  sufficiently  express  the  style  of  the 
music.  When  these  two  abuses  had  reached 
their  height  of  crying  abomination,  it  might  have 
been  said  with  truth — 

"  Forse  e  nato 
Chi  Tun  e  1'altro  caccera  del  nido." 

For  amidst  the  corruption  of  the  age  arose  the 
genius  of  Palestrina,  pure  as  if  angels  had 
breathed  into  him  their  harmony,  capable  at 
once  of  conceiving,  effecting,  and  maturing  the 
perfection  of  music,  whose  spirit  seems  ever 
since  to  have  watched  in  guardianship  over  the 
choir  which  he  taught ;  and  whose  mantle  has 
descended,  almost  in  its  freshness,  to  his  living 
successor  and  biographer. 

Giovanni  Pierluigi,  called  from  his  native 
town  Palestrina,  was  born  of  poor  parents,  in 
1 524  ;  and,  having  been  noticed  by  a  musician  for 


l,K(Tl   UK  'INK   SKCOND.  77 

his  talents,  entered  as  a  sin^in^  boy  in  the  choir 
of  some  church.  He  soon  distiiiiruished  himself, 
and  was  named,  at  the  a  ire  of  twenty-seven. 
director  of  the  music  in  the  new  Capella  (iiulia, 
established  in  St.  Peter's,  by  Pope  Julius  III. 
Having,  three  years  later,  published  \\\<  iir-t 
works,  which  evidently  far  surpassed  those  of 
his  age,  the  Pope  desired  him  to  abandon  his 
post  in  the  Basilica,  and  enter,  almost  the  only 
Italian,  into  the  choir  of  his  chapel.  He  did  not 
enjoy  his  painful  situation  long ;  for  the  severe 
Pope  Paul  III,  succeeding  in  six  months,  com- 
menced a  reform  in  his  chapel,  by  expelling 
Palestrina  and  two  other  married  men  ;  as  none 
but  clergymen  were,  by  ancient  enactments, 
allowed  to  sing  there.  Pierluigi,  however,  was 
soon  appointed  director  of  the  music  in  the  La- 
teran  Basilica.  Here  he  composed,  in  1 560,  his 
celebrated  "  Improperia"  which  I  have  several 
times  mentioned.  They  consist  of  mild  re- 
proaches, placed  in  our  Saviour's  mouth,  to  his 
people  for  their  cruel  and  ungrateful  conduct, 
intermixed  with  the  Trisagion,  as  it  is  called, 
"  Holy  God,  Mighty  God,  Immortal  God,"  sung 
in  Greek  and  Latin  by  a  chorus  and  semi-choru>. 
The  impression  made  by  this  sublime,  though 
simple  composition,  was  such,  that,  in  the  follow  - 
ing  year,  Pope  Pius  IV  requested  Palestrina  to. 
allow  a  copy  to  be  taken  for  his  chapel,  where  it 


78  LECTURE  THE  SECOND. 

has  been  since  performed  every  year  in  the  ser- 
vice of  Good  Friday. 

These  Improperia  are  in  form  of  a  chaunt, 
where  every  verse  is  repeated  to  the  same  music, 
and  divided  into  two  parts,  so  that  most  of  the 
words  run  upon  one  note,  and  resolve  into  a 
double  cadence  at  the  middle  and  end.  To  look 
at  the  score,  it  might  be  supposed  that  any  one, 
almost  a  child,  could  have  composed  them.  In 
the  chorus  and  semi-chorus  of  the  Trisagion, 
each  voice  has  actually  only  two  notes,  and  those 
of  the  most  obvious  harmony.  And  yet  to  hear 
those  sung,  slow  yet  bold,  full  yet  soft,  with  the 
melting  modulation  which  that  choir  alone  can 
give,  produces  a  feeling  of  sweet  devotional 
melancholy,  a  mildened  emotion,  which  not  even 
the  more  artful  and  far-famed  Miserere  can 
excite.  It  is  truly  the  triumph  of  nature  over 
art ;  and  it  was  a  mighty  effort  of  genius,  to  con- 
ceive, that  the  simplest  possible  combinations 
could  produce  such  wonderful  eifect.  Dr.  Bur- 
ney  has  called  Palestrina,  the  "  Homer  of  ancient 
music;"*  and  no  composition,  perhaps,  more 
justly  entitles  him  to  that  name.  But  the  tri- 
umph of  his  genius  was  far  from  ending  here  : 
he  may  be  really  called  the  saviour  of  music. 

The  abuses  which  I  have  before  mentioned, 
occasioned  a  decree  from  the  Council  of  Trent, 

*  History,  p.  198,  vol.  iii. 


LECTURE  THE  SECOND.  7^ 

enjoining  the  abolition  of  all  profane  and  lasci- 
vious music  whether  in  air  or  movement  ;*  and 
in  1564,  Pope  Pins  appointed  a  congregation,  or 
committee  of  cardinals,  to  carry  into  effect  the 
canons  of  that  synod.  Two  of  the  number  were 
the  Cardinals  Vitelozzi  and  St.  Charles  Borromeo, 
who,  as  all  true  saints  ever  were,  was  a  man  of 
real  taste,  and  to  them  was  especially  committed 
the  charge  of  musical  reform.  They  held  several 
meetings,  and  consulted  with  a  deputation  of  the 
papal  choir,  as  to  the  best  expedients  to  carry 
it  into  effect.  Cardinal  Borromeo,  as  archpriest 
of  Sta.  Maria  Maggiore,  was  acquainted  with 
the  abilities  of  Pales trina,  who  had  now  passed 
into  the  service  of  that  church,  and  at  his  sug- 
gestion, the  eminent  but  modest  composer  was 
called  on  the  10th  of  January,  1565,  and  com- 
missioned to  write  a  Mass,  in  which  the  theme 
should  have  no  affinity  to  any  profane  air,  and 
in  which  the  words  could  be  distinctly  heard. 
He  was  warned,  that  on  the  success  of  his  ex- 
periment depended  the  fate  of  church  music; 
for  if  he  failed,  it  should  be  for  ever  banished, 
as  profane,  from  the  house  of  God. 

We  may  easily  conceive  the  embarrassment, 
yet,  at  the  same  time,  the  honest  pride,  of  a 
genius  like  his,  upon  being  burthened  with  such 
a  responsibility,  and  feeling  the  very  existence 
of  his  favourite  darling  science  dependent  upon 

*  Sess.  xxii.  Dec.  de  Celeb.  Mi>>  i 


80  LECTURE  THE  SECOND. 

his  sole  efforts.  But  he  shrunk  not  from  the 
trial.  Within  three  months  he  presented  three 
new  Masses,  which  were  performed  by  the  Papal 
choir,  on  the  26th  of  April,  in  the  house  of  Car- 
dinal Vitellozzi.  The  two  first  were  greatly 
admired ;  although  the  genius  of  Palestrina  had 
been  cramped  by  the  delicacy  of  his  situation. 
But  the  third  perfectly  won  the  case ;  the  con- 
gregation decided  that  nothing  more  could  be 
desired,  and  decreed  the  preservation  of  music 
in  divine  service. 

On  the  29th  of  June,  a  solemn  festival  was 
held  to  receive  the  liberal  offers  of  the  Swiss 
cantons ;  and  the  Pope  assisted  at  the  Sixtine 
chapel.  The  victorious  Mass  was  performed; 
every  one  was  ravished  with  delight.  The  Pope 
exclaimed,  "these  must  have  been  the  strains 
which  John  the  apostle  heard  in  the  heavenly 
Jerusalem,  and  which  another  John  has  renewed 
in  that  of  earth!"  It  is  said,  that  Cardinal 
Pirani,  dean  of  the  sacred  college,  turning  to 
Cardinal  Serbelloni,  beautifully  adapted  to  the 
music  the  lines  of  Dante : — 

"  Render  e  questo  voce  a  voce  in  tempra, 
Ed  in  dolcezza  ch'  esser  non  puo  nota, 
Se  non  cola  dove  '1  gioir  s'insempra."* 

*  Here  words  are  joined,  and  sounds  harmonious  blend 

In  sweetness,  such  as  can  alone  be  known 
In  that  blest  place  where  gladness  hath  no  end. 

Paradiao  x. 


LKCTURB  THE  SECOND.  SI 

To  which  he  ansurrvd  \\ith  equal  felicity — 

"  Risponda  dunque  ;  oh  !  fortunata  sort.  ! 
liisponda  alia  divina  cantilena. 
Da  tutte  parti  la  beata  Cortr, 
Si  eh'  oirui  vista  ne  sid  piu  si-rcna."  * 

This  history  of  the  salvation  of  sacred  mu>ie 
has  been  erroneously  related  by  all  author-,  in- 
cluding Dr.  Burney,  till  Baini,  in  his  interesting 
life  of  Palestrina,  discovered  the  truth.  It  is 
generally  said,  that  Pope  Marcellus  II,  during 
the  few  days  that  his  reign  lasted,  wished  to 
abolish  sacred  music  ;  but  that  Palestrina  re- 
quested a  trial,  and  produced  the  Mass  I  have 
spoken  of.  But  the  title  which  it  bears  of 
"  Missa  Papse  Marcelli"  was  not  given  it  until  its 
publication,  by  request  of  Philip  II,  of  Spain, 
several  years  after  the  date  of  its  composition, 
which  was  in  the  third  pontificate  after  Mar- 
cellus. 

Whoever  wishes  to  hear  this  magnificent  com- 
position, must  attend  the  Pope's  chapel  on  Holy 
Saturday ;  the  only  day  in  the  year  when  it  is 
performed.  It  is  in  six  voices,  having  two  basses 
and  two  tenors.  As  Palestrina  intended  to  avoid 
all  air,  and  to  give  to  each  part  an  ever-varying 
movement,  and  as  it  was  consequently  necessary 

*  Respond  then,  blessed  lot!  respond  to  this 
Heavenly  strain,  the  happy  eourt  abc>\>  . 
That  so  our  pleasure  may  encrcase  to  bli». 

liuini,  torn.  i.  p.  231. 


82  LECTURE  THE  SECOND. 

that  each,  from  time  to  time,  should  repose,  he 
took  this  expedient,  and  secured  a  fine  substruc- 
tion for  his  harmony  by  the  stability  of  his  lower 
and  middle  parts ;  as  the  treble  and  contralto 
could  well  sustain  alternately  the  shriller  har- 
monies. The  effect  of  this  arrangement  is  won- 
derful. In  most  modern  choruses,  one  or  two 
parts  at  most  have  movement,  wrhile  the  others 
are  either  kept  on  sostenuto  notes,  or  else,  if 
more  than  four,  in  unisons.  But  in  this  Mass, 
as  in  all  his  music,  there  is  no  riempitura,  or 
filling  up ;  every  part,  as  Dr.  Burney  terms  it,  is 
a  real  part,  as  important  as  the  other ;  all  fall 
of  vigour,  life  and  movement.  The  consequence 
is,  that  when  performed,  it  has  a  power  beyond 
most  compositions  in  twelve  or  sixteen  voices. 
Hence  two  adaptations  which  have  been  pub- 
lished of  it,  (sometimes  erroneously  attributed 
to  the  great  composer  himself),  one  for  four  and 
the  other  for  eight  voices,  are  devoid  of  effect, 
and  spoil  the  character  of  the  original.  I  will 
even  say,  from  experience,  that  this  Mass,  per- 
formed with  only  one  voice  to  a  part,  has  more 
effect  and  vigour  than  any  ordinary  composition 
with  twice  the  number. 

The  character  of  Palestrina's  music  is  rich, 
harmonious,  and  imposing.  It  is  essentially 
choral,  as  all  church  music  should  be.  A  plain 
litany,  sung  by  the  untaught  multitude,  with  all 


LECTURE  THK   SKCoXD.  S.'* 

the  earnestness  of  devotion,  will  afieet  the  soul 
more  powerfully  than  all  the  artificial  divisions 
of  a  modern  performer.  The  music  <>t  the  Temple 
was  evidently  choral,  sung  by  troops  of  Levites, 
and  supported  by  the  sound  of  trumpets.    When- 
ever the  Scripture  mentions  music,  as  heard  in 
heaven,   it   is  always  of  this  character.     Four 
spirits,  the  number  of  perfect  harmony,  unite  in 
the  song  of"  Holy,  Holy,  Holy."   Countless  mul- 
titudes  sing  together  the  magnificent  canticle 
"  To  the  Lamb  that  was  slain,"  in  a  voice  as  the 
roaring  of  the  sea  ;  and  the  virgins  who  sing  a 
a  song,  known  to  none  else,  are  forty  thousand  in 
number.     The  music  of  the  church  should  be  in 
the  same  spirit ;  and  as  it  is  performed  in  the 
name  of  the  multitude  of  faithful,  knitted  in  the 
accord  of  charity,  it  should  be,  so  to  speak,  mul- 
titudinous and  harmonious.     The  exclusion,  too, 
of  the  organ,  and  every  other  instrument,  re- 
quires that  an  unceasing  vocal  harmony  should 
be  kept  up.     Palestrina  is  by  no  means,  as  Bur- 
ney  insinuates,  devoid  of  melody  :  in  his  motetts 
there  is  a  prevailing  movement,  wilich,  though 
far  from  approaching  what  is  called  air  or  tune, 
gives  a  distinct  character  to  each,  and  leaves  an 
impression  upon  the  memory — the  truest  cri- 
terion, perhaps,  of  melody.     He  varies  his  style 
with  his  subject;  for  he  always  felt  what  he 
wrote.     When  treating  a  pathetic  theme,    no 


84  LECTURE  THE  SECOND. 

one  can  be  more  exquisitely  tender  and  rich, 
without  any  such  changes  of  key,  or  unexpected 
accords,  as  modern  music  has  introduced.  One 
of  the  finest  specimens  of  his  pathetic,  devout 
style,  will  be  performed  on  Sunday  next  (Passion 
Sunday)  during  the  Offertory.  It  is  a  motett 
on  the  words,  "  We  have  sinned  with  our  fathers, 
we  have  done  wickedly."  To  the  same  class 
belong  his  "  Stabat  mater,"  only  performed  at 
the  Offertory  of  Palm  Sunday.  Yet  more  deli- 
cious, though,  perhaps,  not  so  expressive,  you 
will  find  the  first  "  Lamentations"  of  Wednesday 
and  Friday  evening,  which  are  harmonized  by 
Palestrina,  whereas  that  of  Thursday  is  by 
Allegri,  of  whom  I  will  say  a  few  words  just 
now. 

I  have  observed,  that  the  Lamentations  are 
not,  perhaps,  so  expressive  as  some  of  Palestrina's 
other  compositions.  By  that  I  mean,  that  little 
or  no  attempt  is  made  to  render  the  varied  ex- 
pression of  each  passage.  This  I  consider  an 
essential  characteristic  of  this  style  of  music, 
and  conducive  to  its  perfect  effect.  When  we 
look  upon  an  old  sacred  picture,  every  part  is 
intended  to  produce  a  single  impression.  Whe- 
ther our  eye  turn  to  the  calm  sky,  or  the  smiling 
landscape,  or  the  saints  that  stand  in  simple 
attitude  on  either  side,  or  on  the  countenance  of 
them  that  are  in  the  middle  enthroned,  there  is 


U:CTURK  TIIK   SK(  ()\  I). 

a  unity  of  tone  and  sentiment  :  ;m<l  an  miminirled 
feeling  Of  devotion  i-  eoiiM-tjiiently  excited.  The 
old  masters  gem-rally  excluded  from  their  cruci 
tixions  the  ruffianly  soldiers  and  croud  ;  and 
only  allowed  the  compassionating  friends  ot'Jesiis 
to  be  seen  about  his  cross.  Modern  arti>t>  think 
they  gain  by  contrast,  as  they  certainly  do  in 
pictorial  effect,  exactly  just  as  much  as  they 
lose  in  moral  power ;  and,  therefore,  introduce 
groups  of  executioners  and  barbarous  foes,  who 
alloy  the  purer  feelings  of  the  scene  with  earthly 
passion.  Such  seems  to  me  the  precise  differ- 
ence between  the  older  and  the  later  musical 
performers  even  of  the  Papal  chapel.  Those  of 
old  took  their  tone  from  the  character  of  the 
entire  piece,  not  from  particular  words.  They 
would,  in  a  varied  hymn,  like  the  "  Gloria,"  pass 
from  the  major  to  the  minor  mode,  to  express 
the  feeling  of  each  part;  but  there  was  no  at- 
tempt to  catch  at  words  :  "he  descended  into 
hell,"  and  u  he  ascended  into  heaven,"  were  not 
expressed,  as  in  modern  music,  by  runs  from  the 
top  to  the  bottom  of  the  gamut,  and  vice  ver.w. 
They  overlooked  minor  details,  which  would 
have  broken  into  the  general  design ;  and  checked 
the  plan  of  swelling  emotion  which  a  course  of 
music,  in  uniform  style  of  expression,  must  pro- 
duce. I  will  illustrate  these  remarks  from  the 


86  LECTURE  THE  SECOND. 

Miserere,  as  performed  in  the  Pope's  chapel,  on 
three  successive  evenings,  merely  closing  my 
account  of  Palestrina,  by  saying,  that,  after  hav- 
ing filled  all  Europe  with  his  fame,  and  being 
venerated  by  all  lovers  of  true  harmony,  he  ex- 
pired the  2nd  of  February,  1594,  in  the  arms  of 
St.  Philip  Neri,  and  was  buried  with  great 
honour  in  St.  Peter's. 

Anciently,  the  Miserere  in  greatest  repute  was 
that  of  Luigi  Dentice,  a  Neapolitan,  published 
in  1533.  Allegri,  who  was  called  to  Rome,  by 
Pope  Urban  VIII,  from  his  native  city  Fermo, 
composed  one  which  has  been  ever  since  consi- 
dered a  master-piece  of  sacred  music.  In  1714, 
Tommaso  Bai,  taking  it  for  a  model,  and  indeed 
doing  nothing  more  than  varying  it  for  each 
verse,  produced  another  scarcely  inferior,  but 
still  in  the  form  of  an  imitation.  The  present 
learned,  virtuous,  and  amiable  Director  of  the 
Papal  choir,  Guiseppe  Baini,  has  composed  ano- 
ther. I  mention  these  three,  because  they  are 
the  ones  yet  performed  ;  Baini's  on  Wednesday, 
Bai's  on  Thursday,  and  Allegri's  on  Friday  even- 
ing. The  difference  of  style  which  I  have  re- 
marked between  the  old  and  the  modern  com- 
posers is  here  strongly  observable.  Baini's,  I 
believe,  generally  pleases  the  uninitiated  most ; 
and  would  be  a  grand  and  beautiful  composition 


LKl'Tl   UK  THi:   SKCOND.  *7 

.mvwhere,  but  appears  less  so  under  the  roof 
au-ainst  which  Allegri's  strains  are  accustomed 
to  die  away.  Every  verse  is  varied,  and  betrays 
art.  At  the  words  /,'/  t\rnlt<tl>nnt  /M-.NY/  ////////- 
iuita,  there  is  air,  or  rather  time,  upon  the  first 
part  of  the  verse,  in  a  rising,  joyful  movement. 
succeeded  by  a  low,  deep  and  sepulchral  e\- 
pression  in  the  rest  of  the  phrase.  The  verse 
incerta  et  occult  a  xupicnt'uc  ttur  tHdHt/'rx/t/x// 
Hii/tf,  begins  with  a  soft  stealthy  expression,  to 
convey  the  idea  of  concealment  and  uncertainty  ; 
then  at  the  Hifniifextuxti*  u  thou  hast  declared." 
part  succeeds  to  part,  till  a  grand  burst  of  full 
declaration  is  made.  Every  verse  proceeds  upon 
the  same  principle,  and  the  mind  is  thus  kept 
undecided  between  different  feelings,  watching 
the  art  and  skill  of  the  composer, — now  held  in 
suspense,  and  heaving  upwards  on  a  majestic 
swell,  then  falling  suddenly,  by  its  breaking,  as  a 
wave,  on  an  abrupt  and  shortened  cadence  ;  and 
you  arrive  at  the  conclusion  with  a  variety  of 
images  and  feelings, — the  mind,  like  a  shivered 
mirror,  retaining  only  fragments  of  sentiments 
and  emotions.  How  different  is  the  effect  of 
Allegri's,  upon  the  soul  of  one,  who,  knecl'mir  in 
that  silent  twilight,  and  shutting  up  every  sense, 
save  that  of  hearing,  allows  himself  to  be  borne 
unresisting  by  the  uniformly  directed  tide  of  its 

G 


88  LECTURE  THE  SECOND. 

harmonies.  It  is  but  a  chaunt  twice  varied :  one 
verse  being  in  four  parts,  and  another  in  five,  till 
both  unite  in  the  final  swell  of  nine  voices.  The 
written  notes  are  simple  and  unadorned ;  but 
tradition,  under  the  guidance  of  long  experience 
and  of  chastened  taste,  has  interwoven  many 
turns,  dissonances  and  resolutions,  which  no 
written  or  published  score  has  expressed.  At  first, 
the  voices  enter  into  full  but  peculiar  harmony, 
softly  swelling  in  emphasis  on  each  word,  till  the 
middle  of  the  verse,  when  a  gradual  separation 
of  each  part  takes  place,  preparing  for  the  first 
close  ;  you  hear  them,  as  though  weaving  among 
themselves  a  rich  texture  of  harmonious  combi- 
nation ;  one  seems  struggling  against  the  general 
resolve,  and  refusing  more  than  a  momentary 
contact  with  another,  but  edging  off  upon  deli- 
cious dissonances,  till  the  whole,  with  a  waving, 
successive  modulation,  meet  in  full  harmony 
upon  a  suspended  cadence.  Then  they  proceed 
with  the  second  portion  of  the  verse,  upon  a 
different,  but  even  richer  accord,  till  once  more 
they  divide  with  greater  beauty  than  before.  The 
parts  seem  to  become  more  entangled  than  ever. 
Here  you  trace  one  winding  and  creeping,  by 
soft  and  subdued  steps,  through  the  labyrinth  of 
sweet  sounds ;  then  another  drops,  with  delicious 
trickling  falls,  from  the  highest  compass  to  the 


I.LCTl    KK   'III  K    SK<  0\  I). 

level  of  the  rest;  then  OIK  leemfl  at  length  to 
extricate  itself ;  then  another,  in  imitative  HK- 
cessive  cadences;  they  seem  as  >ilvcr  thread- 
that  gradually  unravel  themselves,  and  then 
wind  round  the  Hue,  deep-toned  bass  which  lias 
scarcely  swerved  from  its  steady  dignity  during 
all  their  modulations,  and  filling  up  the  magni- 
ficent diapason,  burst  into  a  swelling  final  ca- 
dence, which  has  no  name  upon  earth. 

After  verse  has  thus  succeeded  to  verse,  ever 
deepening  the  impression  once  made,  without  an 
artifice  or  an  embellishment  to  mar  the  single- 
ness of  the  influence,  after  the  union  of  the  two 
choirs  has  made  the  last  burst,  of  condensed,  but 
still  harmonious,  power ;  and  that  affecting 
prayer,  "  Look  down,  O  Lord,  upon  this  thy 
family,"  has  been  recited  in  melancholy  mono- 
tony amidst  the  scarcely  expired  echoes  of  that 
enchanting,  overpowering,  heavenly  strain,  the 
mind  remains  in  a  state  of  subdued  tendernt  — 
and  solemnity  of  feeling,  which  can  ill  brook  the 
jarring  sounds  of  earth,  and  which  make  it  sigh 
after  the  region  of  true  and  perfect  harmony. 

I  hardly  think  that  once  or  twice  hearing  the 
Misereres  of  Allegri  and  Bai  can  impress  the 
feelings  which  I  have  feebly  endeavoured  to  de- 
scribe. Perhaps,  however,  what  I  have  said,  may 
prepare  your  minds  for  them,  and  induce  you 


90 


LECTURE  THE  SECOND. 


to  assist  at  it ;  and  at  all  the  functions  of  this 
holy  season,  with  the  desire  to  appreciate  in 
them  the  riches  of  art  which  they  contain,  in 
the  exquisiteness  of  their  poetry  and  its  sister 
power. 


LECTURE  THE  THIRD. 


LECTURE  THE  THIRD. 


THE    CEREMONIES     OF    HOLY    WEEK     CONSI- 
DERED IN  CONNEXION  WITH  HISTORY. 

Monumental  character  of  church  ceremonies — Records  of 
the  earliest  ages. — Midnight  service. — Symbolical  power 
given  to  rites  suggested  by  necessity. — Recollections  of 
the  triumph  of  Christianity. — Adoration  of  the  Cross. — 
Procession  on  Palm  Sunday. — Adoption  of  the  Trisagion 
under  Theodosius. — Recollections  of  the  Middle  Ages. — 
Rites  once  general  here  preserved  from  total  extinction. — 
Connexion  with  the  Greek  Church. — Conclusion. 

HAVING  now  considered  the  Offices  of  Holy 
Week  in  their  relations  with  Art,  as  well  ex- 
ternal, or  in  their  outward  circumstances,  as 


LIBRARY  ST.  MARY'S  COLLEGE 


94  LECTURE  THE  THIRD. 

internal,  through  their  essential  forms ;  the  plan 
which  I  have  laid  down  brings  me  to  treat  of 
them  in  their  historical  character,  or  as  con- 
nected with  various  epochs  of  ages  past.  Into 
this  portion  might  most  properly  be  said  to  enter 
the  learning  of  my  task ;  as  it  would  seem  to 
require  a  minute  investigation  of  the  cause  and 
origin  of  each  ceremony  observed  in  these  sacred 
functions.  But  I  much  doubt  whether  such 
particular  discussions  would  lead  to  much  prac- 
tical benefit ;  and  not  rather,  by  the  variety  of 
subjects  and  arguments,  produce  some  confusion 
and  dissatisfaction.  I  prefer,  therefore,  a  method 
more  according  with  that  which  I  have  hitherto 
kept— of  presenting  more  general  views,  and 
classifying  objects  under  heads  which  may  be 
remembered,  and, — when  remembered,  produce 
a  wholesome  impression. 

On  hearing  that  I  am  about  to  treat  of  the 
historical  value  of  these  offices  and  ceremonies, 
perhaps  many  will  be  inclined  to  prejudge  that 
I  am  anxious  to  prove  them  all  most  ancient,  and 
trace  them^back  to  the  earliest  times  of  Christi- 
anity. Whoever  shall  so  imagine  will  be  com- 
pletely mistaken.  If  the  Catholic  Church,  in  all 
things  essential  of  faith  and  worship,  lays  claim 
to  apostolic  antiquity,  she  no  less  holds  a  right  to 
continuity  of  descent ;  and  this,  as  well  as  the 
other,  must  be  by  monuments  attested.  When  we 


"LECTURE  THE  THIRD.  !>.'» 

s-ast  our  eyes  over  England,  and  see,  in  every 
part,  remains  of  ancient  grandeur  belonging  to 
a  very  early  age, — raised  lines  of  praetorian  en- 
campments and  military  roads,  or  sepulchral 
mounds  with  their  lachrymals  and  brazen  vessels; 
then  in  our  search  find  nothing  more,  till,  many 
•centuries  after,  noble  edifices  for  worship,  first 
somewhat  ruder,  then  ever  growing  in  beauty, 
begin  to  cover  the  land ;  we  conclude,  indeed, 
that  it  has  long  been  peopled,  but  that  the  break 
of  monumental  continuities  proves  the  later  race 
to  have  had  nought  in  common  with  the  earlier ; 
but  that  a  dreary  waste  of  some  sort  must  have 
widely  spread  and  lasted  long  between  them. 
Not  so  on  the  other  hand  is  it  with  this  city, 
in  which  an  unfailing  series  of  public  monu- 
ments, from  the  earliest  times,  shows  that  one 
people  alone  have  ruled  and  been  great  within  it, 
and  guided  its  policy  upon  a  constant  plan.  It 
is  even  thus  with  the  Church  which,  in  many 
and  varied  ways,  has  recorded  its  belief,  its  aspi- 
rations, and  its  feelings,  upon  monuments  of 
every  age, — in  none  more  clearly  than  in  her 
sacred  offices.  It  would  be  unnatural  to  refer 
many  of  the  rites  now  observed  to  the  very 
earliest  ages.  What  have  joyful  processions  in 
common  with  the  low  and  crooked  labyrinths  of 
the  catacombs  ?  How  would  the  palm  branch 
grate  upon  the  feelings  of  men  crushedunder  per- 


96  LECTURE  THE  THIRD. 

secution,  and  praying  in  sackcloth  and  ashes  for 
peace  ?  These  are  the  natural  symbols  of  joy  and 
triumph  ;  they  express  the  outburst  of  the  heart 
when  restored  to  light  and  liberty;  they  are  forms 
of  Christian  lustration  over  scenes  and  places  that 
have  been  defiled  with  previous  abominations. 

One  striking  difference  between  the  old  and 
new  law  seems  to  consist  in  this,  that  the  latter 
was  not  content  to  form  the  spirit  of  the  reli- 
gious, but  moulded  its  external  appearance  to  an 
unalterable  type.  The  Jewish  nation  might 
undergo  any  political  modification,  but  the  forms 
of  its  worship,  its  place  and  circumstances,  its 
ceremonies  and  expressions,  were  ever  to  be  the 
same.  And  yet,  with  this  stiff  unvarying  cha- 
racter, its  worship  was  essentially  monumental. 
The  paschal  solemnity  was  a  ceremonial  rite, 
acting  dramatically,  and  so  commemorating  the 
liberation  of  Egypt ;  the  Feast  of  Pentecost 
reminded  every  succeeding  generation  of  the 
delivery  of  the  law :  that  of  Tabernacles  cele- 
brated the  long  sojourn  in  the  desert.  Later, 
new  festivals  were  added,  to  record  the  dedi- 
cation of  the  Temple,  under  Solomon,  and  its 
purification,  under  the  Macabees,  and  the  salva- 
tion of  the  people  from  the  cruel  designs  of 
Aman.  Many  of  the  Psalms,  or  canticles  sung 
in  the  Temple,  were  likewise  historical,  or  com- 
posed by  David  on  particular  passages  of  his  life. 


LECTURK  THK  THIRD.  97 

But  in  all  this  we  see  no  power  of  develope- 
ment ;  no  expressive  force  which  allowed  the 
feelings  and  powers  of  each  age  to  imprint  them- 
selves on  the  worship,  and  characterise  it  in 
later  times  by  the  monumental  remains  of  dis- 
cipline and  customs  variable  in  every  age.  In 
the  sense  which  I  have  spoken  of  the  Jewish 
religion,  the  Christian  worship  is  eminently 
monumental,  as  the  very  festivals  of  which  we 
are  treating  do  abundantly  declare.  And  in 
addition  to  this,  it  has  continued,  from  age  to 
age,  both  to  institute  new  festivities  as  memo- 
rials of  its  varied  relations  with  outward  things, 
and  to  mark  its  feelings  at  peculiar  seasons,  in 
every  part  of  its  offices  and  prayers.  The  dis- 
covery of  the  cross,  under  Constantine,  the 
dedication  of  the  Lateran  and  Vatican  basilicas, 
and  the  recovery  of  the  symbol  of  our  salvation, 
under  Heraclius,  are  thus  commemorated.  In 
later  times,  the  foundation  of  institutes  for  re- 
deeming captives,  celebrated  in  a  peculiar  feast,* 
records  the  miserable  subjection  of  great  part  of 
Christendom  to  barbarian  tyranny  ;  and  festivals 
yet  celebrate  amongst  us  the  victories  by  which 
that  power  was  broken,  and  the  west  freed  for 
ever  from  its  fear.f  When,  in  1634,  Pope  Urban 
VIII  discovered  the  relics  of  St.  Martina  and 

*  S.  Maria  de  Mercede.         f  On  the  festival  of  the  Rosary. 


98  LECTURE  THE  THIRD. 

rebuilt  her  church,  he  himself  wrote  the  hymns 
for  her  office  ;  and  there  deposited  the  last 
feelings  of  anxiety  and  the  last  prayers  of  the 
Church  for  her  liberation  from  the  terrors  of 
Mahomedan  power.  In  like  manner  will  pos- 
terity commemorate  each  succeeding  year,  in 
the  hymn  and  lessons  appointed  for  the  24th  of 
May,  the  unexpected  return  of  the  venerable 
Pius  VII  to  the  throne  of  his  predecessors,  after 
his  long  captivity.*  In  the  service  of  the  Church 
of  England  three  or  four  historical  events  have 
been,  I  believe,  recorded ;  the  murder  of  Charles 
I,  the  restoration  of  his  family,  the  arrival  of 
king  William,  and  the  Gunpowder  Plot.  Each 
of  these  commemorations  is  more  connected 
with  political  events  than  conducive  to  religious 
feelings ;  the  last,  perhaps,  may  be  considered 
as  rather  tending  to  keep  alive  a  spirit  very  differ- 
ent from  charity  and  brotherly  kindness.  When 
the  contests  for  the  crown  of  Naples  used  to 
bring  into  Italy  periodical  incursions  of  French 
armies,  whose  track  was  ever  marked  by  rapine 
and  desolation,  they  were  viewed  in  the  light 
of  a  public  scourge,  and  their  removal  was 
deemed  a  fitting  subject  for  prayer.  Hence  in 
the  Missals  of  Lombardy,  at  that  period,  we  find 
a  mass  entitled,  "Missa  contra  Gallos."  But 
no  sooner  was  the  evil  at  an  end  than  the  prayer 

*  A  Festival  observed  peculiarly  in  Rome. 


LECTURE  THE  THIRD.  !M) 

was,  in  good  taste  and  charitable  feeling,  abo- 
lished. The  day,  perhaps,  \vill  come  when 
similar  motives  may  produce,  in  our  country, 
similar  effects. 

But  what  forms  a  distinctive  property  of 
Christ's  religion,  is,  that  he  left  few  or  no  regu- 
lations concerning  external  worship.  He  insti- 
tuted sacraments  that  consist  of  outward  rites  ; 
but  left  the  abundance,  or  parsimony  of  external 
ceremony,  to  depend  upon  those  circumstances 
or  vicissitudes  through  which  his  Church  should 
pass,  and  the  feelings  which  they  might  inspire. 
It  is  this  idea  which  my  discourse  of  to-day  is 
intended  to  develope,  by  representing  to  you  the 
ceremonies  of  Holy  Week,  as  monumental  re- 
cords of  various  times  and  ages,  each  of  which 
has  left  its  image  stamped  upon  them  as  they 
passed  over.  And  thus,  methinks,  they  will 
possess  an  additional  interest,  as  monumental 
proofs  of  the  continuous  feeling  which  has  pre- 
served, as  it  embellished,  them,  from  the  very 
beginning. 

The  most  important  functions  of  Holy  Week 
are  referred  to  the  common  and  daily  liturgy  of 
the  Church,  and  are  joined  to  it  as  to  a  base 
which  they  adorn  for  the  time,  with  records  of 
events  by  them  commemorated.  Palm  Sunday 
has  its  blessings  and  procession  only  in  prepa- 
ration for  the  Liturgy  or  Mass ;  and  its  solemn 


100  LECTURE  THE  THIRD. 

Passion  is  only  the  gospel  adapted  to  the  occa- 
sion. Thursday  and  Saturday  present  nothing 
peculiar,  except  additional  ceremonies  before  or 
after  the  same  celebration  ;  and  Friday's  service 
is  a  modification  thereof,  peculiarly  formed  to 
express  the  mourning  and  the  graces  of  that 
day.  The  substance,  therefore,  so  to  speak,  or 
foundation,  upon  which  every  age  has  placed  its 
contribution,  must  form  the  oldest  and  most 
venerable  portion  of  the  service,  and  should,  in 
fact,  be  as  old  as  Christianity  itself.  And  so  in 
truth  it  is.  For  the  mass,  whereunto  all  the 
other  ceremonial  is  mainly  referred,  is  nothing 
else  than  the  performance  of  the  eucharistic 
rite  instituted  by  our  blessed  Saviour.  It  may 
be  considered  as  consisting  of  two  distinct  por- 
tions,— one  essential  and  the  other  accidental. 
The  first  consists  of  such  parts  as  are,  and  must 
be,  common  to  all  Liturgies,  and  comprises  the 
Offertory  or  oblation,  the  Consecration  by  the 
words  of  Christ,  and  the  Communion.  These 
are  all  to  be  found  substantially  the  same  amongst 
all  those  Christians  who  believe  the  Eucharist  to 
be  a  sacrifice,  and  to  contain  the  real  body  and 
blood  of  Jesus  Christ;  for  they  occur  in  the 
Liturgies  of  Latins  and  Greeks,  Armenians  and 
Copts,  Maronites  and  Syrians ;  and,  moreover, 
in  those  of  Jacobites  and  Nestorians,  who  have 
been  separated  from  us  since  the  fifth  century. 


LECTURE  THE  THIRD.  101 

But  to  this  remotest  period  belong  also  many 
ceremonies  which,  though  not  essential  for  the 
integrity  of  the  Liturgy,  are  clearly  traceable 
to  the  apostolic  time.  Such,  for  instance, 
is  the  prayer  for  the  departed  faithful,  which  is 
wanting  in  no  Liturgy  of  the  East  or  West ;  the 
commemoration  of  the  Apostles  and  Saints  ;  the 
mingling  of  water  with  the  wine,  the  use  of 
lights  and  incense,  which  have  been  severally 
acknowledged  to  be  derived  from  the  time  of  the 
apostles,  by  Bishops  Beveridge  and  Kaye,  by 
Palmer,  and  other  Protestant  writers.  Most  of 
the  prayers  which  constitute  the  present  Liturgy, 
are  to  be  found  in  the  rituals  of  St.  Gregory  the 
Great,  St.  Celestine,  Gelasius,  and  other  early 
popes ;  and  may  be  supposed,  consequently,  to 
be  still  more  ancient.  I  hurry  over  this  period, 
both  because  I  have  lately  had  occasion  to  treat 
concerning  it  in  another  place,*  and  because 
it  is  only  remotely  connected  with  the  subject  of 
these  Discourses.  It  was,  however,  necessary 
to  say  thus  much,  to  show  the  groundwork 
whereon  the  solemn  functions  of  this  season  rest. 
For  three  centuries  the  Christians  lived  in  per- 
secution and  concealment.  This  naturally  led 
to  the  selection  of  night,  as  the  fittest  time  for 

*  This  alludes  to  a  sermon  delivered  shortly  before.  It 
would  be  easy  to  add  the  acknowledgement  of  the  "Tracts  for 
the  Times,"  &c. 


102  LECTURE  THE  THIRD. 

the  celebration  of  their  sacred  rites ;  and  caused 
the  greater  portion  of  the  Church  office  to  be 
allotted  to  that  silent  hour.  We  might  likewise 
expect  to  find  whatever  ceremonies  retain  the 
remembrance  of  this  state,  partaking  of  the 
symbolical  and  mystical  spirit  which  such  awful 
assemblies  must  have  inspired.  Of  this  early 
period,  monuments  are  not  wanting  in  the  offices 
of  Holy  Week.  The  very  office  of  Tenebrse  is, 
in  truth,  no  more  than  the  midnight  prayer  of 
that  early  age.  It  continued  to  be  performed  at 
midnight  for  many  centuries,  especially  at  this 
time,  as  appears  from  a  very  ancient  manuscript 
of  the  Roman  Or  do  published  by  Mabillon,*  in 
in  which  it  is  prescribed  to  rise  for  them  at  mid- 
night. Many  centuries  ago,  the  anticipation  of 
time,  now  observed,  took  place  ;  but  the  name 
and  other  terms  were  kept  to  record  its  earlier 
method  of  observance.  The  service  itself  was 
called  Tenebrce  (darkness),  and  Matins,  or 
morning  office ;  and  each  of  its  three  divisions 
is  styled  a  Nocturn,  or  nightly  prayer.  Ano- 
ther monument  of  that  early  period  may  be 
found  in  the  mass  of  Holy  Saturday.  Through- 
out it,  the  service  speaks  of  the  "  night ;"  it  is 
the  night  in  which  Israel  escaped  from  Egypt, 
and  which  preceded  the  resurrection  of  Christ. 
For  the  entire  service,  as  I  observed  in  my  first 

*  Mus.  Ital.  torn.  ii.  19. 


LECTURE  THE  THIRD.  103 

Discourse,  refers  to  this  joyful  event,  and  used 
to  be  celebrated  at  midnight. 

The  rites  connected  with  these  primitive  and 
solemn  offices  are,  as  I  have  intimated,  singularly 
mystical.  There  have  been  two  classes  of  writer- 
regarding  ceremonies.  Some,  like  Du  Vert,  have 
wished  to  trace  them  all  to  some  natural  cause ; 
others  have  wished  to  give  them  exclusively  a 
symbolical  and  mysterious  signification.  It  i> 
probable  that  here,  as  usually,  truth  lies  between 
the  two  extremes ;  and  that,  while  circum- 
stances suggested  the  adoption  of  certain  expe- 
dients, the  faithful  ever  preferred  so  to  modify 
them  in  application,  as  to  make  them  partake  of 
that  deep  mysticism  which  they  so  much  loved. 
Thus,  no  doubt,  necessity  as  well  as  choice  com- 
pelled them  to  use  lights  during  those  nightly 
celebrations ;  but  they  arranged  them  so  as  to 
give  them  a  striking  figurative  power.  In  fact, 
Amalarius  Symphosius,  (whom  Benedict  XIV 
confounds  with  Amalarius  Fortunatus,  a  writer 
early  in  the  ninth  century),  tells  us  that  in  his 
time  the  church  was  lighted  up  with  twenty-four 
candles,  which  were  gradually  extinguished,  to 
show  how  the  sun  of  justice  had  set ;  and  this  he 
adds,  we  do  thrice,  that  is  on  three  succeeding 
evenings.*  This  shows  the  union,  even  at  so 
late  an  epoch,  between  the  obvious  use  of  these 

*  Bib.  Pat.  torn.  xiv. 


104  LECTURE  THE  THIRD. 

lights  and  their  mystical  application.  The 
present  disposition  of  them  on  a  triangular 
candlestick,  is,  however,  much  older  than  his 
time ;  and  has  been  preserved  in  a  manuscript 
Or  do  of  the  7th  century,  published  by  Mabillon. 
The  connexion  between  the  rite  and  the  hour 
in  which  these  offices  were  originally  celebrated, 
may  warrant  us  in  considering  both  of  equal  an- 
tiquity. 

The  midnight  service  of  Easter-eve,  now 
performed  on  Saturday  morning,  gives  a  similar 
coincidence,  and  stronger  authority  for  this  con- 
nexion. Before  the  mass,  new  fire  is  struck 
and  blessed,  and  a  large  candle,  known  by 
the  name  of  the  paschal-candle,  being  blessed 
by  a  deacon,  is  therewith  lighted.  This 
blessing  of  fire  or  light  is  a  very  ancient  cere- 
mony, originally  practised  every  Saturday,  and 
apparently  restricted  to  Holy  Saturday  in  the 
eleventh  century.  In  the  Roman  Church,  how- 
ever, according  to  Pope  Zachary,  in  751,  this 
ceremony  was  practised  on  Thursday.  These 
observations  are  but  cursorily  made.  It  is  the 
benediction  of  the  candle  which  is  the  principal 
feature  of  this  ceremonial.  The  beautiful  prayer 
in  which  the  consecration,  or  blessing,  takes 
place,  has  been  attributed  to  several  ancient 
fathers  :  by  Martene,  with  some  degree  of  pro- 


LECTURE  THE  THIRD.  105 

bability,  to  the  great  St.  Augustine,*  who  very 
likely  only  expressed  better  what  the  prayers 
before  his  time  declared.  It  very  beautifully 
joins  the  two-fold  object  of  the  institutions. 
For,  while  it  prays  that  this  candle  may  continue 
burning  through  the  night,  to'  dispel  its  darkness, 
it  speaks  of  it  as  a  symbol  of  the  fiery  pillar 
which  led  the  Israelites  from  Egypt,  and  of  Christ, 
ever  true  and  never  failing  light.  But  the  rite 
itself  is  much  older  than  that  age.  Anastasius 
Bibliothecarius  says  of  Pope  Zozimus,  in  417, 
that  he  allowed  to  parishes  the  power  of  blessing 
this  candle.  This,  as  Gretser  remarks,  supposes 
the  blessing  to  have  existed  before,  but  to  have 
been  confined  to  basilicas.  St.  Paulinus  speaks 
of  the  candle  as  painted  according  to  the  custom 
yet  practised  in  Rome ;  and  Prudentius  mentions 
its  being  performed  in  allusion,  as  F.  Aravalo 
plausibly  conjectures,  to  the  incense  which  then, 
as  now,  was  inserted  in  it.  What  still  more 
pleads  for  the  antiquity  of  this  rite  is  the  exist- 
ence of  it  in  distant  Churches.  For  St.  Gregory 
Nazianzen  mentions  it,  as  do  other  fathers,  in 
magnificent  terms. 

This  year,  being  the  seventh  of  the  pontificate 
of  the  present  Pope,  you  will  have  the  oppor- 
tunity of  witnessing  another  very  ancient  rite, 
only  performed  every  seventh  year  of  each  reign. 

•  Bened.  xiv.  p.  292. 


LIBRARY  ST.  MARY'S  COLLEGE 


106  LECTURE  THE  THIRD. 

This  is  the  blessing  of  the  Agnus  Dei,  waxen 
cakes  stamped  with  the  figure  of  a  lamb.  It 
will  take  place  in  the  Vatican  Palace,  on  Thurs- 
day in  Easter  Week,  and  a  distribution  of  them 
will  be  made  in  the  Sixtine  chapel,  on  the  follow- 
ing Saturday.  The  origin  of  this  rite  seems  to 
have  been  the  very  ancient  custom  of  breaking 
up  the  paschal  candle  of  the  preceding  year, 
and  distributing  the  fragments  among  the  faith- 
ful. Durandus,  one  of  the  eldest  writers  on 
church  ceremonies,  tells  us,  that  on  Saturday  in 
Holy  Week,  the  acolytes  of  the  Roman  Church 
made  lambs  of  new  blessed  wax,  or  of  that  of  the 
old  paschal  candle,  mixed  with  chrism,  which  the 
pope,  on  the  following  Saturday,  distributes 
to  the  faithful.*  He  then  enters  upon  their 
spiritual  and  mystical  signification.  Alcuin, 
our  countryman,  and  disciple  of  venerable  Bede, 
tells  us,  that  "  in  the  Roman  Church,  early  in 
the  morning  of  Saturday,  the  archdeacon  comes 
into  the  church,  and  pours  wax  into  a  clean 
vessel,  and  mixes  it  with  oil,  then  blesses  the 
wax,  moulds  it  into  the  form  of  lambs,  puts  it 
by  in  a  clean  place."  These,  he  says,  "  are  distri- 
buted on  the  octave  of  Easter :"  and  he  adds, 
"  the  lambs  which  the  Romans  make,  represent 
to  us  the  spotless  lamb  made  for  us,  for  Christ 
should  be  brought  to  our  memories  frequently 

*  Rationale  Divin.  Offic.  lib.  vi.  cap.  69,  p.  349. 


LECTURE  THE  THIRD.  1  <>7 

by  all  sorts  of  things."*  In  the  ceremony,  as 
you  ^ill  witness  it,  the  Pope  himself  \vill  bless, 
and  mingle  with  chrism,  the  figures  of  the 
Agnus  Dei  already  prepared. 

Another  portion  of  the  service,  which  bears 
us  back  to  those  earliest  ages,  deserves  parti- 
cular attention,  from  its  being  now,  like  the  hist, 
peculiar  to  Rome.  It  is  well  known  to  all  that 
have  ever  slightly  applied  themselves  to  the 
study  of  Church  history,  that  a  system  of  public 
penance  existed  of  old,  whereby  such  as  had 
scandalously  transgressed  God's  law,  were,  for 
a  time,  excluded  from  the  communion  of  the 
faithful,  and  subjected  to  a  course  of  rigorous 
expiation.  This  penitential  system  is  acknow- 
ledged by  all  to  have  reached  back  into  times 
of  persecution ;  for,  we  have  repeated  mention 
of  it  in  Tertullian,  the  oldest  Latin  ecclesiastical 
writer  ;  and  we  possess  entire  treatises,  or  epis- 
tles, of  the  glorious  martyr  St.  Cyprian,  regard- 
ing it.  The  Catholic  Church  has  everywhere 
preserved  the  ceremony  whereby  the  public 
penance  was  enforced,  to  wit,  on  Ash- Wednes- 
day :  so  called,  from  ashes  having  been,  on  that 
day,  placed  on  the  public  penitent's  heads,  as  now 
they  are  on  those  of  all  the  faithful,  with  the  very 

*  De  Divinis  Offic.  ap.  Ferras.  De  Cathol.  Ecclesiso  Divinis 

Offic.  Varii  vetustor Libri,  Rom.  1591,  p.  S'J.     Vi.lr  also 

Amalar.  Fortun.  ib.  p.  110. 

11 


108  LECTURE  THE  THIRD. 

same  words,  "  Remember  that  thou  art  dust, 
and  to  dust  thou  shalt  return."  The  course  of 
penance,  thus  enjoined,  might  last  many  years  : 
but,  unless  shortened  by  an  indulgence,  or 
brought  to  a  close  upon  danger  of  death,  or  of 
persecution,  the  reconciliation  of  the  penitents 
always  took  place  within  Holy  Week.  St.  Jerom 
tells  us,  that  Maundy-Thursday  was  the  day 
fixed  for  this  solemn  absolution,*  and  Pope  Inno- 
cent I  confirms  this  observation.  St.  Ambrose, 
however,  observes,  that  the  rite  sometimes  took 
place  on  Wednesday,  Friday,  or  some  other  day 
in  Holy  Week.f 

A  remnant  of  this  ancient  custom  has  been 
scrupulously  preserved  here.  For,  on  the  after- 
noons of  Wednesday  and  Thursday,  the  car- 
dinal-penitentiary proceeds  in  state  to  the  basi- 
licas of  Sta.  Maria  Maggiore  and  St.  Peter :  and, 
seated  on  a  tribunal  reserved  for  that  purpose, 
receives  the  confession,  or  other  application,  of 
such  as  may  wish  to  advise  with  him  and  obtain 
spiritual  relief,  in  matters  reserved  to  his  juris- 
diction. 

Another,  and  a  still  more  interesting  usage, 
of  those  primitive  times,  is  yet  retained  in  the 
Roman  Church,  almost  exclusively.  In  the 
early  ages,  baptism  was  solemnly  administered 
only  twice  in  the  year,  on  the  eves  of  Easter 

*  Epist.  ad  Oceanum.         f  Ad  Marcell.  Soror,  Ep.  33. 


LKCTLKK   TIJK  TII1KI).  MM) 

and  Pentecost.  The  adult  catechumens  were 
carefully  instructed  in  the  Christian  faith  ;  al- 
though many  important  dogmas  \\ere  withheld 
from  their  knowledge  till  after  baptism.  On 
Holy  Saturday,  or  Easter  Eve,  they  proceeded 
to  the  church,  under  the  guidance  of  the  dea- 
cons who  had  prepared  them.  Twelve  lessons 
from  the  Old  Testament,  descriptive  of  God's 
providential  dealings  with  man,  were  then  read 
in  Greek  and  Latin  ;  during  wrhich,  they  received 
their  final  instruction  in  the  faith.  After  this, 
the  baptismal  font  wras  blessed  wdth  many  solemn 
ceremonies.  Thus  far  the  rite  is  universal,  to  the 
extent  that  circumstances  will  permit :  the  lessons 
are  everywhere  recited,  or  sung,  and  the  font  is 
blessed  wherever  the  privilege  of  having  one 
exists.  But  in  Rome,  the  ancient  usage  is  imi- 
tated to  the  end.  For,  solemn  baptism  is  al- 
ways  administered  to  converts,  who  are  reserved 
for  that  occasion,  generally  Jewrs,  of  whom  a 
certain  number  yearly  enter  into  the  Catholic 
church.  This  takes  place  in  the  baptistery  of 
Constantine,  adjoining  the  patriarchal  basilica  of 
St.  John  Lateran. 

Such  are  the  principal  points  in  the  cere- 
monial of  Holy  Week,  wliich  can  be  traced 
with  sufficient  probability  to  the  oldest  period 
of  the  Church,  when  she  yet  was  in  an  hum- 
bled and  persecuted  state :  and  they  clearly 

H2 


110  LECTURE  THE  THIRD. 

bear  the  impress  of  her  condition  and  feelings. 
The  midnight  assemblies  still  commemorated, 
both  in  her  sacred  offices  and  in  the  Eucharistic 
celebration,  show  the  state  of  alarm  in  which 
she  then  existed  ;  and  the  mystical  signification 
given  to  institutions,  in  a  manner  dictated  by 
necessity,  exhibits  the  depth  and  nobleness  of 
idea  which  even  then  regulated  her  in  her  wor- 
ship. The  commemoration  of  that  solemnity 
wherewith  she  received  repentant  sinners  back 
to  her  peace,  is  a  record  of  the  purity  which 
distinguished  all  her  members,  and  the  zeal  for 
virtue  which  animated  her  pastors.  In  fine,  the 
rare  and  cautious  initiation  of  her  catechumens 
through  the  sacrament  of  baptism,  from  danger 
of  their  betraying  the  secrets  of  religion,  is 
commemorated  in  the  lessons,  and  still  more  in 
the  actual  rite  as  performed  here  on  Holy  Sa- 
turday. And  thus  too,  at  Rome,  there  is  a  con- 
sistency in  the  entire  office  of  Easter,  not  to  be 
found  elsewhere,  inasmuch  as  the  liturgy,  du- 
ring the  following  week,  prays  most  especially 
for  those  who  have  been  just  born  again  of 
water  and  the  Holy  Ghost,  that  they  may  perse- 
vere in  the  faith ;  and  the  Sunday  immediately 
following  Easter  is  still  called,  every  where, 
Dominica  in  albis,  "  Sunday  of  the  white  gar- 
ments," as  on  it,  the  new  baptized  should  lay 
aside  the  white  robe,  put  on  them,  by  most 


LECTURE  TIIK  THIRD.  1  I  I 

ancient  usa^e,  on  their  baptism.  And  this  re- 
minds me  of  another  ceremonial,  not.  quite  so 
ancient,  but  still  reaching  to  the  fifth  century. 
I  allude  to  the  custom  of  the  neophites.  after 
baptism,  going  to  visit  the  tomb  of  the  holy 
apostles  at  the  Vatican.  Ennodius  of  Pa  via 
mentions  this  as  a  custom  in  his  time.  "  See," 
he  observes,  "how  the  watery  chamber  (the 
baptistery)  sends  forth  its  white-robed  troops  to 
the  portable  chair  of  the  apostolical  confession." 

Under  Constantine  the  Church  gained  free- 
dom, and  the  right  to  breathe,  and  still  more 
the  power  of  expanding  her  outward  form  and 
displaying  all  her  beauty.  To  this  period  be- 
long many  of  the  functions  of  Holy  Week,  one 
or  two  of  which  deserve  more  particular  notice  ; 
and  first  is  the  act  of  solemn  veneration  shown 
to  the  cross  of  Christ  on  Good  Friday,  knowrn 
by  the  name  of  "  The  Adoration  of  the  Cross." 
Two  things  seem  to  deserve  particular  notice,  the 
origin  of  the  ceremony,  and  the  term  applied  to  it. 

When  Helen,  the  emperor's  mother,  disco- 
vered the  cross  of  Christ  in  his  sepulchre,  we  are 
told  that  it  was  exposed  to  the  veneration  of 
the  faithful.  From  this  moment  the  custom 
arose  in  the  Church  of  Jerusalem,  and  from  it 
spread  so  rapidly  over  the  East  and  West,  as 
to  become  very  soon  universal.  St.  Paulinus 
informs  us,  that  once  a  year  the  portion  of  the 


112  LECTURE  THE  THIRD. 

same  cross  preserved  there  was  solemnly  brought 
out,  and  that  this  was  at  Easter  ;  and  he  defines 
the  day  more  accurately,  by  saying  it  was  on 
the  day  which  celebrated  the  mystery  of  the 
cross,  that  is  Good-Friday.  St.  Gregory  of 
Tours  mentions  the  same  custom.*  This  rite 
was  soon  adopted  at  Constantinople,  where  a 
portion  of  the  same  cross  was  offered  to  the 
veneration  of  the  faithful  in  the  church  of  St. 
Sophia,  as  Ven.  Bede  and  other  writers  inform 
us.  Indeed,  the  Emperor  Constantine  Porphyro- 
genitus  has  described  minutely  the  ceremonies 
used  on  that  occasion.  Leo  Allatius  has  proved 
the  prevalence  of  the  custom  among  other 
nations  in  the  East.  Cardinal  Borgia  published 
a  manuscript  preserved  in  the  Propaganda,  and 
written  in  Syriac,  entitled  "  The  rite  of  saluting 
the  Cross  as  observed  in  the  Syrian  Church  at 
Antioch."  Two  other  copies  of  the  ceremonial, 
formerly  belonging  to  the  Maronite  College,  are 
now  in  the  Vatican  Library,  and  amply  attest 
the  prevalence  of  this  rite  in  the  oriental  Church. 
Naironus,  himself  a  Syrian,  has  minutely  de- 
scribed the  ceremony  as  performed  by  the  Ma- 
ronites,  or  ancient  Christians  of  Mount  Libanus, 

*  Sophronius  attributes  the  conversion  of  St.  Mary  of  Egypt, 
to  her  making  a  voyage  and  journey  to  Jerusalem  to  kiss  the 
cross  on  this  day,  and  finding  herself  unable  to  enter  the 
church. 


LKCTUKI.  TIM,  THIRD.  I  13 

on  this  very  clay.  The  ritual  is  entitled,  *w  Order 
of  the  adoration  of  the  Cn»s,"  and  is  j>rcscribed 
to  be  observed  ou  Good  J'Yiday.  The  proclama- 
tion and  prayers  are  nearly  word  for  \\ord  tin 
same  as  ours,  and  after  them  the  cross  is  placed 
on  a  seat  or  cushion  in  the  church,  and  sur- 
rounded by  two  priests  and  two  deacons.  \\ho 
sing  the  Trisagion,  or  "thrice  holy/'  before 
mentioned,  just  as  you  will  find  observed  in  the 
Pontifical  chapel. 

The  exact  conformity  of  rites,  and  even  words, 
in  the  liturgies  of  different  countries,  is  a  strong 
presumptive  argument  of  great  antiquity.  In 
fact,  this  rite  seems  to  have  been  soon  adopted 
in  the  Western  Church  ;  for  we  find  it  mentioned 
in  the  Sacramentary  of  Pope  Gelasius,  the  most 
ancient  existing,  as  approved  and  corrected  by 
the  learned  Muratori.  The  antiphon  now  used 
at  the  ceremony  is  in  the  Antiphonary  of  St. 
Gregory,  and  in  the  Roman  order,  which  Ma- 
billon  refers  to  that  Pontiff's  time.  What  farther 
confirms  the  origin  of  this  rite  from  the  custom 
of  the  Church  of  Jerusalem  is.  that  the  expres- 
sions used  in  it  clearly  refer  to  the  true  cross 
there  preserved  :  "  Behold  the  wood  of  the  cro>> 
whereon  our  salvation  hung."  We  have  then 
clearly,  in  this  instance,  a  ceremonial  expressive 
of  the  triumph  of  Christianity — of  the  exaltation 
of  its  sacred  emblem  above  every  other  badge, 


114  LECTURE  THE  THIRD. 

a  proclamation  of  the  principle,  that  through  it 
alone  salvation  was  wrought,  the  vindication  of 
it  from  ignominy  and  hatred,  which,  for  three 
centuries,  had  been  its  lot,  and  the  paying  of  a 
public  tribute  of  honour,  love,  and  veneration, 
to  him  who  hung  upon  it,  in  reparation  of 
the  blasphemy,  and,  in  his  disciples,  persecution, 
wherewith  he  had  been  visited.  All  these  are 
precisely  the  natural  feelings  of  the  age,  which 
first  saw  Christianity  not  only  free,  but  trium- 
phant ;  and  which,  having  discovered  the  very 
instruments  of  redemption,  would  have  acted 
unfeelingly,  if,  like  the  murderers  of  our  Lord, 
it  had  allowed  them  to  be  again  thrown  into 
oblivion,  and  had  not  displayed,  in  their  pre- 
sence, some  of  the  affectionate  sentiments  in- 
spired by  the  event  which  they  attested. 

But  I  may  be  asked,  why  make  this  declara- 
tion of  sentiment  in  so  strong  a  form,  and  why 
give  it  so  grating  a  name  as  "  adoration"  ?  In 
fairness,  T  should  send  any  one  asking  such  a 
question,  for  his  answer,  to  them  who  first  in- 
troduced the  rite,  and  with  it  the  name.  For, 
had  we  brought  it  in,  since  this  word  sounds 
harsh,  we  might,  peradventure,  deserve  blame, 
as  not  having  regard  to  others'  feelings.  But 
if  a  word  changes  its  meaning,  after  we  have 
adopted  it,  it  would  argue  great  weakness  and 
fickleness  of  purpose  in  us  to  abandon  it,  as  it 


LECTURE  THE  Till  III).  1  If) 

supposes  some  extravagance  in  those  who  ask 
us  to  do  it.  For  it  is  meet  on  the  contrary,  that, 
amidst  the  fluctuations  and  changes  in  speech, 
some  landmarks  should  remain,  to  ascertain  the 
original  meanings  of  words  ;  which  would  not  be 
the  case  if  every  use  of  them  varied  with  them. 
Our  lawyers  and  our  statutes  chuse  to  preserve 
the  old  words  of  our  language,  even  where  cus- 
tom has  long  since  changed  their  meaning,  when 
they  speak  of  the  Mtzi/i  of  an  estate  to  signify 
its  lawful  possession ;  or  of  letting  a  man  do  an 
action,  when  they  mean  to  signify  preventing  it. 
As  the  dialect  of  law,  so  is  that  of  religion ;  or 
rather  this  is  far  more  unchangeable,  as  are  its 
purposes  ;  and  as  the  Church  has  chosen  to  pre- 
serve the  Latin  language  rather  than  adopt  the 
later  tongues  that  have  sprung  up,  so  has  she  in 
this  kept  her  words  as  she  first  found  them,  and 
not  altered  them  wrhen  men  have  given  them  new 
meanings.  The  same  principle  has  prevented 
either  change. 

Now,  wherever  the  rite  of  venerating  the 
cross  of  Christ  has  been  introduced,  it  has  ever 
borne  that  maligned  title  of  "  adoration."  Nay, 
I  can  show  you,  that  in  the  East  and  West  this 
expression  was  used,  even  when  the  hatred  to 
idolatry  was  the  strongest.  Lactantius,  or  the 
author  of  a  most  ancient  poem  upon  the  Passion, 
thus  exclaims — 

"  Flecte  genu,  lignumque  crucis  venerabilc  adora." 


116  LECTURE  THE  THIRD. 

"  Bend  the  knee,  and  adore  the  venerable  wood 
of  the  cross."  An  ancient  martyr  is  described, 
by  Bishop  Simeon,  as  thus  addressing  his  judge  : 
"  I  and  my  daughter  were  baptized  in  the  Holy 
Trinity,  and  his  cross  I  adore ;  and  for  him," 
that  is  Christ,  "  I  will  willingly  die,  as  will  my 
daughter."  This  passage  is  from  an  oriental 
writer,  who  surely  would  not  have  put  into  a 
martyr's  mouth,  about  to  die  for  refusing  to 
worship  idolatrously,  words  which  savoured 
themselves  of  that  heinous  crime.  The  Greeks 
used  the  very  same  word.  For  in  the  old 
Greek  version  of  St.  Ephrem,  who  was  the  most 
ancient  Syriac  father,  and  which  was  made,  if  not 
in  his  life-time,  very  soon  after,  we  find  these 
words,  "  The  cross  ruleth,  which  all  nations 
adore,  (irpoaKwovai)  and  all  people."* 

The  word,  therefore,  signified  veneration,  and 
the  rite  must  be  more  ancient  than  the  modern 
meaning  of  "  supreme  worship,"  which  it  now 
bears.  And  it  would  be  as  foolish  in  us  to  change 
the  word,  because  others  have  changed  its  mean- 
ing, as  it  would  be  for  the  Anglicans  to  alter 
the  marriage  rite,  where  the  bride  and  bride- 
groom declare,  that  with  their  bodies  they  wor- 
ship one  another ;  because  the  Presbyterians,  or 
rather  Independents  of  Cromwell,  would  have 
worship  paid  to  no  man  ;  or,  because  in  modern 

*  De  Corrieris  de  Sessorianis  Reliquiis.     Romse,  1830,  p.  134. 


LECTUHi:   TIIK  Til  I  III).  117 

speech,  the  word  is  restricted  to  divine  service. 
But  if  any  one  should  prefer  to  give  our  word 
its  ordinary  meaning,  I  have  no  j^reat  objection, 
provided  he  will  allow  us,  who  surely  have  the 
right,  to  determine  the  object  towards  which  our 
homage  and  adoration  tend, — to  wit,  Him  who 
hung  and  bled  and  died  upon  the  cross,  and  not 
its  material  substance.     Nor  would  such  a  dis- 
tinction savour  of  modern  refinement  and  so- 
phistry, seeing  it  is  that  of  St.  Jerom,  who  thus 
speaks  of  Paula,  in  her   epitaph :    "  Prostrate 
before  our  Lord's  cross,  she  so  adored,  as  though 
she  beheld  our  Lord  himself  hanging  thereon."* 
The  fathers  of  the  seventh  general  council  fully 
explain  this  matter,  and  vindicate  the  words  and 
forms  in  which  this  worship  is  at  present  exhi- 
bited.   Thus  much  has  seemed  necessary,  to  pre- 
vent any  of  you  being  withheld,  by  any  mistaken 
feelings,  from  fully  valuing  this  most  ancient 
and  venerable  recollection  of  the  first  liberation 
of  Christianity  from  the  house  of  temporal  bond- 
age, and  its  first  erection  of  a  public  triumphant 
worship.     To  this  same  period,  I  think,  we  may 
safely  refer   the  use   of  processions,  especially 
that  of  Palm  Sunday ;  for  it,  like  the  foregoing, 
is   to   be   found,    immediately   after,   universal 
throughout  the  Church.     For  in  the  East  they 
have,  from  the  earliest  ages,  practised  the  cere- 

*  Gretser.    De  Grace,  p.  566. 


118  LECTURE  THE  THIRD. 

mony  of  carrying  palm  and  olive  branches  to  the 
church  on  Lazarus  Saturday,  as  the  eve  of  Palm 
Sunday  used  to  be  called,  and  having  them 
blessed  the  next  day.  At  Constantinople  it  was 
customary  for  the  emperor  to  distribute  the  palms 
with  great  solemnity  to  all  his  courtiers.  In 
Rome  it  would  seem,  from  old  documents  pub- 
lished by  Mabillon,  that  originally  the  blessing 
of  the  palms  for  the  papal  chapel  took  place  in 
a  small  church,  called  our  Lady  of  the  Tower, 
(Sta.  Maria  ad  Turrim),  from  its  being  situated 
beside  the  belfry  of  the  old  Vatican  church,  and 
that  thence  the  procession  moved  and  ended  at 
the  high  altar  of  St.  Peter's.  It  may  not  be  out 
of  place  to  mention,  that,  anciently,  the  ceremo- 
nies of  each  day  used  to  be  performed  in  different 
churches,  with  the  Pope's  attendance,  and  that 
the  memory  of  this  circumstance,  unimportant 
as  it  may  be,  has  been-  carefully  recorded  in  the 
service.  For,  to  that  of  each  day,  you  will  find 
prefixed  the  title  of  a  church,  as  the  station  of  the 
day  ;  that  is,  as  the  place  where  the  pontiff  and 
the  faithful  stood  to  pray.  But,  for  some  cen- 
turies, this  custom  has  been  disused;  and  all 
the  functions  have  been  reunited  in  the  Vatican 
and  its  chapels. 

Martene  had  affirmed,  that  no  trace  of  the 
ceremonies  of  this  Sunday  could  be  discovered 
in  the  Roman  Church  before  the  eighth  or  even 


LECTURE  TIIK  THIRD.  1  1<J 

the  ninth  century.  But  this  assertion  has  been 
fully  refuted  by  Cardinal  Tonnnasi,  Meratus,  and 
others.  For  the  old  Roman  calendar,  published 
by  Martene  himself,  as  belonging  to  the  fourth 
or  fifth  century,  mentions  the  palms  and  the 
station  at  St.  John's.  In  the  sacramentary  of 
St.  Gregory,  the  prayer  mentions  the  palm 
branches  borne  in  their  hands  by  the  faithful.* 

This  again  is  a  ceremony  strongly  bearing, 
like  the  one  before  described,  the  signet  of  its 
age,  beautifully  characteristic  of  the  season  of 
triumph  and  preeminence  which  the  Church  had 
begun  to  enjoy  :  and  an  apt  record  of  that  feel- 
ing, in  which  it  could  take  part  in  the  glories  of 
its  acknowledged  Lord,  as  well  as  sympathize 
with  him  in  his  sufferings. 

In  the  service  of  Good  Friday,  we  have  a  little 
fragment  which  belongs  to  a  period  somewhat 
later  than  the  foregoing,  and  betrays  its  origin 
by  its  language.  This  is  the  Trittagion,  sung  al- 
ternately with  the  Improper ia,  both  of  which  I 
have  several  times  had  occasion  to  mention. 
The  Scripture  has  more  than  once  recorded  the 
song  of  the  spirits,  who  stand  nearest  to  God's 
throne, as  being  an  unceasing  repetition  of  "holy" 
thrice  pronounced.  This  formula  of  solemn 
veneration  the  Church  soon  adopted  in  her  daily 
liturgy,  where  it  yet  remains.  In  the  time  of 

*  Benedict  xiv.,  De  Festis,  p.  78. 


120  LECTURE  THE  THIRD. 

Theodosius  an  epithet  was  added  to  each  of 
these  exclamations,  and  a  prayer  for  mercy  at 
the  conclusion.  The  Greek  Menology  not  only 
records  this  date,  but  gives  a  marvellous  account 
of  the  origin  of  the  triple  invocation.  It  tells  us 
that,  in  the  reign  of  Theodosius,  the  city  of  Con- 
stantinople was  visited  by  a  frightful  earthquake 
and  apparently  a  whirlwind,  in  which  a  boy  was 
caught  and  raised  aloft  in  the  air.  The  em- 
peror and  the  patriarch  Proclus  were  present, 
with  an  immense  multitude,  and  cried  out  in  the 
usual  form  of  supplication,  "  Kyrie  eleison," 
"  Lord  have  mercy  upon  us."  The  child  came 
down  safe,  and  called  aloud  to  them  to  sing  the 
Trisagion,  or  "thrice  holy"  in  this  manner: 
"  Holy  God !  Holy  and  Mighty,  Holy  and  Im- 
mortal." He  had  scarcely  finished  these  words 
when  he  expired.  Whatever  may  be  thought  of 
this  legend,  there  can  be  no  objection  to  the  date 
which  it  supposes ;  and  certain  it  is,  that,  from 
that  time,  it  has  often  and  often  been  repeated 
in  different  parts  of  the  Greek  ritual.  Thence 
it  passed  into  the  office  of  Good  Friday,  where  it 
is  repeated  both  in  Greek  and  Latin  ; — another 
proof  of  antiquity,  as  it  must  have  been  admitted 
before  the  separation  of  the  two  Churches  by 
Photius. 

After  this  period  we  begin  to  plunge  into  the 
obscurity  of  an  age  less  distinct  in  its  historical 


LECTURE  Tin:  THI  iu>. 

monuments.  It  become •>  extremely  difficult  to 
assign  the  exact  date  of  these  ceremonies,  \\  hieh, 
during  it,  sprang  up,  or  to  discover  the  authors 
Of  the  beautife]  canticles  then  inserted  into  the 
service.  Yet  this  darkness  is  not  without  its 
interest;  and  powerfully  attests  the  spirit  of 
those  ages  in  regard  to  religion.  For  a  diffi- 
culty in  ascertaining  the  origin  of  certain  rites 
proceeds  from  the  gradual,  and  almost  impercep- 
tible, manner  in  which  they  were  communicated 
from  Church  to  Church.  The  love  of  dangerous 
innovation  had  not  yet  appeared  ;  and  it  had  not 
been  thought  necessary  to  repress  any  manifes- 
tation of  devout  feeling  which  might  acciden- 
tally spring  up  in  particular  places,  from  an  as- 
surance that  it  would  be  innocent,  and  strictly 
according  with  sound  doctrine.  In  this  manner, 
each  great  Church  came  to  have  its  own  peculi- 
arities ;  and  if  they  wrere  really  worthy  of  the 
honour,  were  soon  embraced,  at  least  in  part,  by 
others  ;  and  so  being  sifted  through  the  experi- 
ence of  ages,  that  which  was  best  came  to  be 
universally  kept,  and  the  less  perfect  went  into 
disuse,  till  a  certain  uniformity  was  introduced. 
The  same  is  to  be  said  of  the  hymns  and  other 
compositions  of  the  middle  ages,  as  they  are 
called;  beautiful  specimens  whereof  have  been 
preserved  in  the  Holy  Week  service ;  but  here 
is  an  additional  obstacle  to  our  discovery  of  their 


122  LECTURE  THE  THIRD. 

origin.  For,  as  in  the  former,  there  was  no 
particular  necessity  for  ascertaining  the  Church 
from  which  any  special  ceremony  was  received ; 
so  here  the  modesty,  or,  more  christianlyto  speak, 
the  humility,  of  the  authors,  led  them  to  conceal, 
in  every  way,  their  names  ;  so  that  while  every 
one  admires  those  sweet,  and  often  sublime 
compositions,  such  as  are  also  the  Dies  Irce, 
Stabat  Mater,  &c.,  hardly  one  can  be  attributed 
to  its  author  with  any  degree  of  certainty.  The 
causes  of  obscurity  are  thus  shown  to  attest  the 
spirit  of  this  age,  in  the  close  communion  and 
charitable  bond,  without  envy  and  jealousy,  of 
different  Churches,  and  in  the  humility  and  true 
modesty  of  its  saints  and  sages. 

But  the  functions  and  ceremonies  of  this 
period  may  be  considered  in  another  light,  no 
less  important  and  interesting ;  as  the  remains 
of  customs  once  universal,  or  very  general,  but 
during  those  ages  abolished,  yet  preserved  mo- 
numentally in  this  particular  season.  In  this 
manner,  they  are  not  institutions  so  much  as 
fragments  or  remnants  of  old  liturgical  forms, 
which  would  have  disappeared  entirely  but  for 
this  care.  Let  us  illustrate  this  view  by  a  few 
examples. 

It  is  well  known,  that,  for  several  centuries, 
the  communion  was  generally  administered  to 
the  faithful  under  both  kinds.  Not,  indeed,  that 


LECTURE  TIIK  TIMKI).  123 

this  was  at  all  considered  necessary  for  the  vali- 
dity, or  even  integrity  of  the  sacrament,  for  it 
would  be  easy  to  prove,  by  many  pa— a^es  and 
histories,  that  it  was  often  given  in  only  one 
form.  Many  circumstances,  which  it  is  not  ne- 
cessary to  detail,  conspired  to  induce  the  Church 
to  adopt,  in  lay  communion,  the  form  of  bread 
only.  I  will  content  myself  with  one  circum- 
stance, which  seems  to  me  worthy  of  notice,  as 
an  additional  justification  of  the  restriction,  after 
what  has  been  repeatedly  urged  with  success. 
The  Christian  religion  is  one  for  all  times  and 
all  places ;  and  its  sacraments  should  be  such  as 
to  suit  this  universality  of  its  destination.  Now, 
there  are  numberless  situations  in  which  the 
faithful  would  be  deprived  of  the  Eucharist,  could 
it  be  lawfully  and  validly  administered  only  in 
both  forms.  For  instance,  in  the  interior  of 
China  and  Siam,with  the  neighbouring  countries, 
almost  always  in  a  state  of  persecution,  there  are 
at  least  half  a  million  of  Catholics.  Not  to  con- 
sider the  obstacles,  arising  from  a  state  of  perse- 
cution, to  a  cultivation,  which  would  betray  its 
object,  and  consequently  defeat  it,  every  attempt 
to  rear  the  vine  has  failed  in  these  countries ; 
and  the  missionaries  are  obliged  to  depend  for 
their  sacramental  wine,  on  the  small  quantities 
which  can,  with  risk  even  of  life,  be  clandestinely 
conveyed  over  the  frontier,  after  it  has  come 

i 


124  LECTURE  THE  THIRD. 

from  very  distant  lands.  Nay,  they  are  often, 
especially  in  the  interior,  for  a  long  time  unable 
to  celebrate  mass,  on  account  of  this  difficulty. 
There  can  be  no  doubt  that  this  multitude  of  poor 
afflicted  faithful,  standing  more  in  need  than 
others  of  spiritual  nourishment,  would  have  to 
live  and  die  without  the  comfort  of  this  sacrament, 
if  the  partaking  of  both  species  were  absolutely 
necessary.  But  to  return  ;  with  the  exception 
of  a  particular  privilege  granted  to  some  sove- 
reigns at  their  coronation,  almost  the  only  ex- 
ample of  the  chalice  being  received  by  any  except 
the  celebrating  priest,  occurs  in  the  pontifical 
mass  on  Easter  Sunday,  when  the  deacon  and 
subdeacon  partake  of  the  cup  after  the  Pope. 

But  there  is  another  observance  connected 
with  this  matter,  which  has  been  preserved  only 
here.  One  of  the  reasons,  which  led  to  the  re- 
striction of  communion  to  one  species  only,  was 
the  accidents  to  which  the  other  was  liable.  For 
communion  being  a  practice  even  now,  and,  much 
more  anciently,  of  almost  daily  use  in  churches, 
and  on  many  occasions  frequented  by  thousands, 
it  was  almost  impossible  to  prevent  some  portion 
of  the  consecrated  wine  being  spilt,  especially 
when  received  by  the  ruder  sort.  To  remedy 
this  inconvenience,  to  some  extent,  the  practice 
was  introduced,  probably  after  the  sixth  century, 
of  administering  the  chalice  through  a  silver 


LECTURE  THE  THIRD. 

tube  ;  so  that  the  cup  being  held  steadily  in  the 
priest  or  deacon's  hand,  and  only  the  tube  placed 
to  the  receiver's  mouth,  there  would  be  but  little 
comparative  danger  of  an  accident,  which  the 
Catholic  belief  concerning  the  Eucharist  must 
render  particularly  distressing.  This  tube  was 
called  a  siphon.  Casalius  informs  us,  that  the 
Abbot  of  Monte  Casino  used  to  receive  the 
chalice  in  this  manner.*  Paul  Volzius  first  dis- 
covered this  to  have  been  a  usual  practice,  from 
its  being  prescribed  in  an  old  book  of  signs  (Liber 
Signorum)  extant  in  many  Benedictine  houses. 
Among  the  oldest  rules  of  the  Carthusians,  con- 
temporary with  St.  Bernard,  we  have  this  order 
in  the  fortieth  chapter  :  "  Let  no  church  possess 
any  ornaments  of  gold  or  silver,  except  the 
chalice,  and  the  tube  through  which  the  blood  of 
our  Lord  is  received."  An  old  commentator  on 
Tertullian,  mentions  an  inventory  of  the  church 
of  Mainz,  written  nearly  800  years  ago,  in  which 
are  enumerated,  among  the  gold  crosses  and 
chalices,  six  silver  tubes  used  for  the  same  pur- 
pose.f  The  use  of  this  tube  has  been  gradually 
abandoned  everywhere,  except  in  the  pontifical 
mass  celebrated  by  the  Pope  three  times  a  year, 
of  which  one  takes  place  on  Easter-day.  The 
custom  of  thus  receiving  the  sacred  cupy  oftenr 

*  Ben.  xiv.  ubi  supra,  p.  230. 
f  Tert.  cum  notis  Beati  Rhenani,  p.  1 

12 


126  LECTURE  THE  THIRD. 

appears  novel  and  strange  to  persons  unaccus- 
tomed to  it ;  but  it  is  a  matter  of  interest  to  the 
lover  of  ecclesiastical  antiquity,  who  would  not 
willingly  allow  old  usages  to  be  abolished,  espe- 
cially in  this  their  last  hold  and  proper  refuge. 

I  will  instance  another  point  of  ancient  prac- 
tice, once  probably  common  to  every  church,  but 
now  hardly  observed  except  in  St.  Peter's.  The 
altars  are  everywhere  formally  stripped  on  Holy 
Thursday,  and  remain  uncovered  until  the  fol- 
lowing Saturday.  During  Tenebrse  on  Thursday 
evening,  each  of  the  canons,  and  other  function- 
aries of  St.  Peter's,  receives  a  species  of  brush 
curiously  made  of  chip,  and,  after  the  office,  the 
entire  chapter  proceeds  to  the  high  altar,  where 
seven  flagons  of  wine  and  water  have  been  pre- 
pared. These  are  poured  upon  the  altar,  and 
the  canons,  passing  six  at  a  time  before  it,  rub 
it  all  over  with  their  brushes,  after  which  it  is 
washed  with  sponges  and  dried.  Saint  Isidore, 
of  Seville,  in  .the  seventh  century,  mentions  the 
custom  of  washing  the  altars,  and  even  the  pave- 
ment, of  the  church  on  this  day,  in  commemo- 
ration of  that  act  of  humility,  by  which  our 
Redeemer  washed  his  disciples'  feet;  and  St. 
Eligius  records,  in  similar  terms,  both  the  prac- 
tice and  the  motive.  The  Roman  Or  do,  Abbot 
Rupert,  and  other  writers,  speak  of  this  cere- 
mony as  commonly  practised ;  and  many  docu- 
ments of  the  middle  ages  show  it  to  have  been 


LECTURE  THE  TIIIHU.  ll>/ 

observed  at  Sienna,  Bmevento,  Bologna,  and 
other  Churches.  It  was  no  less  practised  in 
England;  for  the  Sarum  Missal  thus  describes 
it :  "  After  dinner,  let  all  the  clerks  meet  in  the 
church  to  wash  the  altars.  First,  let  water  be 
blessed  out  of  choir  and  privately.  Then  let 
two  of  the  most  dignified  priests  be  prepared, 
with  a  deacon  and  subdeacon,  and  twoacolyths, 
all  vested  in  albs  and  amices,  and  let  two  clerks 
bear  wine  and  water,  and  let  them  begin  with 
the  high  altar  and  wash  it,  pouring  thereon  wine 
and  water."  After  a  minute  description  of  the 
prayers  to  be  said  in  the  course  of  the  ceremony, 
the  rubric  proceeds :  "  After  the  gospel  has 
been  sung  as  at  mass,  the  two  aforesaid  priests 
shall  wash  the  feet  of  all  in  choir,  one  on  one 
side  and  another  on  the  other,  and  then  shall 
do  the  same  mutually ."  Many  prayers  are  then 
said,  and  another  gospel  read,  during  which  it 
is  said,  "  the  brethren  shall  drink  the  cup  of 
charity,  charitatis  potum."* 

In  the  many  learned  treatises,  written  upon 
the  origin  of  this  ceremony,  this  curious  union 
of  two  practices,  elsewhere  divided  between 
morning  and  afternoon,  has  been  overlooked, 
though  it  is  the  strongest  confirmation  of  St. 
Isidore's  interpretation  against  the  objections 
of  Du  Vert,  Batelli,  and  others.  In  the  Greek 

*  Missalc  Sarsb.  fol.  Ixxvi. 


128  LECTURE  THE  THIRD. 

Church  the  practice  is  still  observed,  as  Leo 
Allatius  has  proved  at  length,  as  it  is  among  the 
Dominicans  and  Carmelites.  But  almost  every- 
where else  it  has  disappeared,  except  in  the 
Vatican  basilica,  where  you  may  see  it  practised 
on  Thursday  evening. 

These  examples  will  suffice  to  show,  how  the 
ceremonies  of  Holy  Week,  as  performed  in  the 
Vatican,  have  preserved  rites,  formerly  very  gene- 
ral in  the  Church,  but  which  would  have  been 
almost  entirely  lost  in  practice,  had  they  not 
been  here  jealously  observed.  There  is  another 
great  historical  point,  of  which  testimony  has 
been  recorded  in  these  sacred  functions,  and 
which,  therefore,  must  not  be  passed  over.  This 
is  the  ancient  union  between  the  Latin  and 
Greek  Churches,  and  the  reconciliation  after  the 
latter 's  defection.  Of  the  former,  evidence  is 
given  in  the  use  of  Greek  words  and  phrases  in 
the  Liturgy ;  one  instance,  the  Kyrie  Eleison, 
belongs  to  every  day;  you  have  seen,  in  the 
adoption  of  the  Greek  Trisagion,  a  testimony 
peculiar  to  the  service  of  Holy  Week.  An- 
ciently, there  were  other  instances  ;  as  for  exam- 
ple, one  to  which  I  before  alluded,  when  I  said, 
that  the  lessons  on  Holy  Saturday,  intended  for 
the  catechumens'  instruction,  used  to  be  sung  in 
both  languages.  Anastasius  Bibliothecarius  tells 
us,  that  Benedict  III  had  a  book  written,  in 
which  were  the  Greek  and  Latin  lessons,  to  be 


LECTURE  THE  THIRD.  1  '2<J 

sung  on  Holy  Saturday.  Mabillon  has  brought 
abundant  evidence  of  this  usage,  which  is  men- 
tioned by  Amalarius  about  the  year  si'j,  and 
several  other  writers  of  the  following  centuries. 
Later,  it  would  appear,  that  the  double  recitation 
was  confined  to  the  first  of  the  twelve  lesson-, 
as  otherwise  the  service  would  have  been  ex- 
cessively long.  We  find,  indeed,  in  the  eleventh 
century,  the  clause  added  to  this  rubric  "  Si 
Dominus  Papa  velit,"  (if  our  Lord  the  Pope  wishes 
it ;)  and  thus  probably,  by  its  not  being  often 
required,  the  custom  gradually  disappeared. 
The  same  may  be  said  of  the  practice  which 
formerly  prevailed,  of  singing  the  epistle  and 
gospel,  in  Greek  as  well  as  Latin,  on  Good 
Friday.  Both  these  observances  were  revived 
in  the  last  century,  by  Pope  Benedict  XIII, 
who  was  most  studious  and  tenacious  of  ancient 
rites,  but  relapsed  into  disuetude  after  his  time.* 
However  desirable  it  might  be  to  have  these  old 
usages  restored,  I  think  these  circumstances  can 
hardly  fail  to  strike  the  eye,  as  strongly  illustra- 
ting the  historical  view  I  am  taking  to-day,  of 
these  offices  and  functions.  For  we  see,  on  the 
one  hand,  that  the  Church  has  carefully  kept  all 
that  she  received  from  the  Greek  Church,  in 
relation  to  the  worship  of  Him  who  cannot 
change ;  for,  whatever  prayers  she  was  used  to 

*  Cancelliere,  Descrizione  della  Settimana  Santa,  pp.  123. 
169. 


130  LECTURE  THE  THIRD. 

recite  in  that  language,  she  did  not  allow  any 
feelings  towards  that,  her  rebellious  daughter, 
and  now  bitter  adversary,  to  abolish.  But,  such 
instruction  as  used  to  be  recited  in  that  tongue, 
for  the  edification  of  strangers  who  spoke  it,  and 
happened  to  be  present,  she  allowed  to  drop, 
without  any  act  of  angry  abrogation,  into  ne- 
glect, as  no  longer  of  use.  When,  however,  the 
Greek  Church,  in  the  council  of  Florence,  was 
reunited  to  her,  and  owned  obedience  to  the 
Holy  See,  it  was  decreed  that  the  Pope,  on 
solemn  occasions,  should  be  served  by  a  Greek, 
as  well  as  a  Latin  deacon  and  sub-deacon,  and 
that  the  gospel  and  epistle  should  be  sung  in 
both  languages.  This  regulation  has  been  ever 
since  duly  observed,  as  you  will  see  on  Easter- 
day  ;  when  two  Greek  attendants,  vested  in  the 
sacred  robes  of  their  own  nation,  (the  deacon 
wearing  the  stole,  as  of  old,  upon  his  left  shoul- 
der, and  having  embroidered  on  it  the  word 
aytoc,  "holy,"  thrice-repeated),  will  sing  those 
two  portions  of  the  Liturgy  in  the  Greek  lan- 
guage and  chaunt.  This  completes  the  history 
of  the  connexion  between  the  two  Churches. 
The  old  prayers  once  common  to  both,  and  yet 
retained  by  us,  give  evidence  of  former  union. 
The  silent  abolition  of  the  instructions  given  in 
that  language,  attests  the  subsequent  separation, 
and  the  rite  prescribed  to  commemorate  the  re- 
union, not  only  records  that  event,  but  by  its  con- 


LECTURE  THE  THIRD.  131 

tinuance,  acts  as  a  protest  against  the  perfidy, 
which  violated  the  solemn  stipulations  there 
made,  and  proves  the  readiness  of  the  Roman 
Church  to  keep  up  to  all  her  engagements. 

The  principle  by  which  I  have  endeavoured  to 
show,  this  morning,  that  the  offices  of  the  Holy 
Week,  especially  as  performed  in  Rome,  ought 
to  be  viewed,  is  the  consideration  of  them  as 
monumental  observances  sprung  up  in  different 
ages,  and  accurately  recording  the  condition 
and  feeling  of  each.  Nothing  but  a  divine 
enactment  can  give  to  the  external  forms  of 
worship  an  invariable  character,  such  as  in 
great  measure  was  bestowed  upon  that  of  Israel. 
Of  any  command  or  direction  to  give  a  specific 
ritual  we  have  no  trace  in  the  new  law ;  and  the 
Church,  ever  true  to  the  finest  principles  of  na- 
ture, after  prescribing  all  that  was  essential  and 
necessary  for  the  sacraments — allowed  the  in- 
stinctive and  rational  feelings  of  man  to  have  their 
play,  watching  carefully  over  their  suggestions, 
that  they  should  not  lead  to  error  or  impropriety, 
and  thus  gradually  formed  its  code  of  religious 
and  ceremonial  observances,  as  every  good  con- 
stitution has  ever  been  formed,  from  the  deve- 
lopment of  sound  fundamental  principles,  through 
the  experimental  knowledge  accumulated  by 
ages.  Was  it  wrong  in  so  doing  ?  This,  indeed, 
is  a  question,  which  my  next  and  last  discourse 
will  better  give  materials  to  solve,  when  I  speak 


132  LECTURE  THE  THIRD. 

of  the  influence  which  the  offices  of  this  week 
have  exercised  upon  the  social  and  moral  world. 
But  at  present   I   may   safely    ask,   does   the 
parallel  I  have  just  intimated,  suggest  that  it 
was  wrong  ?    Is  not  that  form  of  rule,  political 
and  judicial,   in   our  estimation  most  perfect, 
which  amongst  us   has  risen  in  most  ancient 
times,  and  has  retained  upon,  and  within  itself, 
the  impressions  and  experiences  of  ages,  different 
in  purpose  and  in  spirit.     We  love  to  trace  our 
jury  to  the  institutions  of  the  Saxons  ;  our  fore- 
fathers  for  years  revered  and   demanded  the 
laws  of  good  King  Edward.     We  abolish  not 
easily  the  words  and  phrases  introduced  by  the 
Normans,  though  in  a  speech  no  longer  our 
own ;    the   Crier  in   our   courts    proclaims   in 
French,  and  the  king  agrees  to,  or  dissents  from, 
parliamentary  enactments  in  that  language.    Our 
law  of  treason,  one  of  the  most  perfect,  we  owe 
to  the  third  Edward ;  and  the  rights  of  the  sub- 
ject-took all  the  time  from  John  to  William  III^ 
to  be  fully  developed.     Every  different  state, 
every  change  in  character,  every  variation  of 
feeling,  which  successive  vicissitudes  produced 
in  the  nation,  is  to  be  traced,  as  upon  so  many 
monuments,   in   our  laws,  usages,  and  public 
practices.     The  old  oppression  of  the  forest-laws 
no  effort  has  been  able  to  cancel  entirely  from 
our  code ;  in  spite  of  modern  ridicule,  baronial 
rights  and  feudal  practices  yet  attest  our  former 


LECTURE  THE  THIRD.  133 

constitution  under  their  influence :  the  municipal 
charters  of  our  cities  form  progressive  monu- 
ments of  the  development  of  power,  which  the 
burghers  gradually  attained  by  industrious  com- 
merce ;  our  guilds  and  companies  yet  record 
the  spirit  of  religious  confraternity,  which  ori- 
ginally suggested  them ;  the  universities  have,  al- 
most in  their  own  despite,  preserved  the  forms, 
institutions,  and  practices,  of  their  Catholic 
founders ;  the  Presbyterian  rigour  of  certain 
religious  observances  is  yet  struggling  with 
public  good  sense,  to  deepen  the  morose  wrinkles 
which  it  once  left,  so  as  not  to  be  effaced  upon 
the  frank  smooth  brow  of  former  generations. 
We  have  thus  our  history,  our  changes,  our 
variable  feelings  throughout  successive  genera- 
tions, recorded  on  our  public  institutions.  Would 
any  one  for  a  moment  entertain  the  idea,  that 
the  whole  should  "  at  one  fell  swoop"  be  abo- 
lished, and  a  stiff,  stark  "  Code-Napoleon'  sys- 
tem of  law  be  introduced,  duly  divided  into 
"titles,"  sections,  and  articles,  upon  every  possible 
subject,  social  and  domestic,  from  the  sovereign's 
rights  to  the  clerk's  fees  for  a  certificate;  all 
bearing  the  impress  of  only  one  age's,  or  one 
man's  mind?  Would  not  this  be  considered 
sacrilegious?  Would  it  not  be  abolishing  our 
history,  disowning  our  fathers,  abrogating  our 
former  existence,  blotting  out  our  monuments, 
and  saying  like  a  child,  whose  fabric  of  cards 


134  LECTURE  THE  THIRD. 

has  fallen,  "I  will  begin  anew."  A  similar 
train  of  reflections  I  have  wished  to  suggest  re- 
specting the  offices  and  functions  of  next  week. 
I  have  represented  these  to  you  as  an  aggregate 
of  religious  observances,  gradually  framed  in 
the  Church,  not  by  a  cold  and  formal  enactment, 
but,  by  the  fervid  manifestation  of  the  devout 
impressions  of  every  age,  till  they  had  acquired 
a  uniform,  consistent,  and  compact  form.  They 
have  retained  upon  them  the  marks  of  that  hum- 
bled, and  yet  deeply  mystical  spirit,  which  the 
persecuted  Church  necessarily  possessed;  they 
have  preserved  the  expression  of  triumph  and 
glory  of  its  more  prosperous  condition ;  they 
have  concealed  in  them  symptoms  of  the  modesty 
and  charity  of  the  later  period,  and  they  are 
depositaries  of  many  relics  of  venerable  anti- 
quity, by  yet  keeping  in  observance  rites  once 
general,  but  now  elsewhere  abolished. 

In  attending  them,  you  may  consider  your- 
selves as  led  by  turns  to  every  period  of  religious 
antiquity,  and  in  the  institutions  of  each  may 
commune  with  its  peculiar  spirit ;  they  are  as 
a  museum,  containing  the  remains  of  every  age, 
not  arranged  chronologically,  but,  as  the  good 
taste  that  presided  over  the  collections  has  sug- 
gested, their  disposition  mingled  in  a  happy  con- 
fusion, which  shows  how  well  they  harmonize 
with  each  other,  and  how  completely  the  same 
spirit  has  presided  over  the  institution  of  them- 


LECTURE  THK  THIRD. 

all.  To  abolish  them,  to  substitute  a  new,  system- 
atic, formal,  and  coldly  meditated  form,  would 
be  in  truth  a  vandalism,  a  religious  barbarism,  of 
which  the  Catholic  Church  is  quite  incapable. 

There  yet  remains  another  view  of  these 
offices  and  ceremonies,  more  interesting  and 
more  important  than  any  I  have  yet  treated  of, 
and  this  shall  form  the  subject  of  my  concluding 
discourse  on  Saturday. 


LECTURE  THE  FOURTH. 


LECTURE  THE  FOURTH. 


RELIGIOUS  VIEW  OF  THESE  FUNCTIONS. 

The  influence  of  Holy  Week  upon  public  morals. — On  the 
conduct  of  princes. — Pardoning  of  injuries. — Their  milden- 
ing  influence  during  the  Middle  Ages. — Their  action  ex- 
tended over  the  entire  year. — The  Truce  of  God. — Influence 
of  the  celebration  of  these  functions  upon  the  interior  life. — 
Devotion  to  the  Cross. — Conclusion. 

WERE  I  to  let  my  subject  remain  where  last  we 
left  it,  justly  might  I  be  charged  with  having 
deceived  fair  expectation.  For,  till  now,  I  have 


140  LECTURE  THE  FOURTH. 

spoken  of  the  functions  which  to-morrow  will 
begin,  as  of  things  beautiful  and  venerable; 
while  of  their  holiness,  I  have  not  as  yet  spoken. 
But,  greatly  would  your  conception  of  them  fall 
below  their  worth,  and  sadly  should  I  have  failed 
in  discharging  my  duty,  were  you,  on  departing 
hence,  for  the  last  time,  to  consider  them  only 
as  objects  wherewith  the  painter's  eye  may  be 
entranced,  or  the  musician's  ear  bewitched,  or 
the  poet's  and  antiquarian's  mind  pleased  and 
instructed  ;  and  not  rather  as  sacred  institutions 
by  which  the  Christian's  soul  may  be  improved 
and  perfected.  For,  after  all,  it  is  not  to  a 
mere  display  of  outward  ceremonial,  framed 
never  so  artfully,  or  conceived  never  so  sublimely, 
that  you  are  summoned,  but  to  assist  at  a  solemn 
commemoration  of  your  Redeemer's  most  sor- 
rowful passion  and  death.  Whatever  of  beauty 
there  may  be  in  the  exterior  forms  of  this  com- 
memoration, whatever  pathos  in  its  sounds, 
whatever  poetry  in  its  words,  whatever  feeling 
in  its  action,  is  but  owing  to  the  ruling  thought, 
the  spirit  of  devotion  and  piety  which  forms 
its  soul,  and  has  breathed  its  own  influence 
through  these  its  manifestations.  Vain,  indeed, 
and  foolish,  and  ministering  unto  evil,  are  all 
such  things,  unless  a  high  destination  consecrate 
or  at  least  ennoble  them ;  but  where  shall  they 
find  a  higher  sphere,  or  an  occasion  worthier  of 


LECTURE  THE  FOURTH.  141 

their  heavenly  power,  than  in  the  scenes  which 
commemorate  the  grandest  and  most  pathetic 
of  all  Christian  mysteries  ?  When  our  blessed 
Saviour  expired,  it  would  seem  as  though  divine 
power  were  exerted  to  bring  into  harmony  with 
the  moment  the  appearances  of  nature.  The 
sky  was  darkened,  and  the  earth  trembled,  and 
rocks  were  rent,  and  sepulchres  opened,  that 
whatever  was  seen  or  heard  might  sympathize 
with  the  main  action  of  the  awful  tragedy.  It 
would  have  been  painfully  unnatural,  and  dis- 
cordant, had  the  catastrophe  taken  place,  wherein 
nature's  Author  suffered,  amidst  the  liquid  splen- 
dours of  a  spring  day's  noon,  while  flowers 
were  opening  at  the  foot,  and  birds  chirping 
their  connubial  songs  round  the  head,  of  his 
Cross.  And  it  is  in  a  similar  spirit  that  the 
Church,  his  spouse,  observes  annually  the  repre- 
sentation of  this  heart-rending  sight,  seeking  to 
attune  the  accessories  and  circumstances  thereof 
to  the  melancholy  and  solemn  depth  of  sentiment 
which  it  must  inevitably  infuse.  Therefore  are 
these  days  of  fasting  and  humiliation  ;  for  who 
would  feast  and  riot  when  his  Lord  is  refreshed 
only  with  vinegar  and  gall  ?  They  are  days  bare 
of  all  costly  apparel  and  religious  splendour ; 
for  who  would  be  gaily  vested  when  his  Saviour's 
seamless  garment  is  cast  for  with  lots  ?  They 
are  days  of  lamentation  and  lugubrious  strains ; 


LIBRARY  ST.  MARY  S  COLLEGE 


142  LECTURE  THE  FOURTH. 

for  who  would  bear  to  hear  joyful  melodies  in 
commemoration  of  sighs  and  groans  uttered 
over  sin  ? 

It  is  then  no  more  than  natural  feeling,  purified 
by  religious  principle,  which  guided  the  Church 
through  succeeding  ages,  in  gradually  framing 
that  commemorative  service  which  will  occupy 
next  week.  Art  received  its  lessons  from  her 
under  this  influence ;  and  hence  all  the  circum- 
stances have  been  made  to  accord  with  the 
greater  and  solemner  event  which  they  surround. 

And  after  having  employed  three  Discourses 
upon  the  less  important  considerations,  it  may 
seem  but  little  proportioned  to  the  relative  value 
of  things,  that,  into  one,  I  should  endeavour  to 
compress  whatever  regard  the  main  purpose  of 
them  all.  For  you  have  not  forgot,  I  trust,  that 
I  reserved  to  this  my  last  Discourse,  to  treat  of 
the  offices  and  ceremonies  of  Holy  Week  in  a 
religious  point  of  view ;  or,  as  I  explained  my- 
self, to  consider  them  "as  intended  to  excite 
virtuous  and  devout  impressions.'**  This  portion 
of  my  task  is  attended  with  many  difficulties. 
For,  at  first  sight,  it  would  appear  rather  to 
belong  to  a  more  sacred  place  than  this  :  it  par- 
takes of  emotions  which  a  sermon,  rather  than 
an  essay,  should  aim  at  exciting ;  and  the  im- 
propriety of  assuming  a  tone  unbecoming  the 

*  P.  13. 


LECTURE  THE  FOURTH.  143 

place  and  circumstances  of  our  here  assembling, 
must  act  as  a  curb  upon  that  bolder  and  more 
appealing  form  of  address  which  would  better 
suit  the  theme.  I  feel,  too,  at  present,  as  though 
whatever  I  have  said,  till  now,  should  in  some 
sort  prejudice  me  in  what  remains.  For,  if  my 
former  Discourses  have  made  any  impression, 
they  will  have  prepared  your  minds  for  watching 
the  beautiful  combination  of  art  and  feeling 
which  I  have  striven  to  shew  you  in  these  cere- 
monials ;  and  it  is  hard  for  the  eye  to  be  keen 
in  examination,  and  the  heart,  at  the  same  time, 
tender  to  emotion.  I  fear  me,  therefore,  that 
the  two  appearing  incompatible,  the  one  may  be 
preferred,  to  the  prejudice  of  the  better.  And, 
in  fact,  it  is  not  once  or  twice  attending  such 
functions,  that  can  allow  the  mind  simultaneously 
to  act  through  the  various  organs  of  perception 
here  called  into  play,  so  as  to  admit  a  general 
result  from  their  combination.  It  is  only  when, 
after  a  time,  it  hath  been  familiarized  with  the 
outward  appearance,  till  novelty  being  worn  out, 
it  seems  to  our  minds  the  most  obvious  and 
natural  form  it  can  assume,  that  leisure  is  left 
for  meditation,  amidst  the  paintings,  the  music, 
and  the  ceremonial  of  these  offices.  And  medi- 
tation is  the  only  means  through  which  the 
religious  feelings  to  them  belonging,  can  be 
properly  reached. 


ST.  MARY'S  COl 


144  LECTURE  THE  FOURTH. 

I  shall,  therefore,  perhaps,  require  a  greater 
share  of  your  indulgence  this  morning,  when  I 
appear  to  come  up  even  less  than  in  any  pre- 
ceding Discourses  to  the  greatness  of  my  sub- 
ject. I  have  already  expressed  my  view,  when 
I  proposed  to  treat  of  our  coming  solemnities, 
as  intended  to  convey  virtuous  and  devout  im- 
pressions. 

These  two  epithets  must  not  be  considered  as 
inadvertently  placed;  for  they  represent  two 
divisions  of  my  subject,  and  consequently  of 
my  Discourse.  I  consider  the  one  as  expressive 
of  the  external,  and  the  other  of  the  internal, 
influence  of  these  institutions.  Virtue  is,  indeed, 
an  inward  principle,  but  strongly  regulates  our 
relations  witli  others ;  devotion  is  a  feeling  of 
whose  extent  and  intenseness  God  and  our  own 
souls  can  alone  be  conscious.  Virtuous  conduct 
may  be  noticed  in  communities  or  masses  of 
men ;  while  devotion  is  properly  an  individual 
possession.  I  will  endeavour  to  show  how  both 
have  been,  and  may  be,  nourished  by  the  solemn 
and  detailed  commemoration  of  next  week. 

Who  shall  gainsay,  that  men  are  power- 
fully acted  on  by  formal  and  external  acts  that 
represent  inward  feelings,  although  even  the 
latter  be  not  excited  ?  In  times  of  bloody,  and 
often  causeless,  strife,  who  knows  not,  that 
homage  and  fealty,  solemnly  given,  bound  men 


LECTURE  THE  FOURTH.  145 

often  to  loyalty  and  liege  bearing,  more  almost 
than  principle  r  It  was  not  perhaps,  sometimes, 
that  the  proud  baron,  or  the  monarch,  who  held 
a  fief,  felt  much  the  religious  obligation  of  an 
oath  ;  it  was  not  that  they  feared  punishment  for 
its  violation,  but  there  was  a  solemn  force  in  the 
very  act  of  homage,  in  the  placing  of  hand  within 
hand,  and  plighting  faith  upon  the  bended  knee, 
and  with  the  attendance  of  a  court. 

Far  more  worth  than  all  this  circumstance, 
would  have  been  a  stronger  inward  conviction 
of  obligation ;  but  such  is  man,  that  the  deter- 
minations of  his  fickle  heart  require  some  out- 
ward steadying  by  formal  declarations.  Who 
knows  not,  how  much  the  coronation  ceremony 
has  done  for  fastening  the  crown  upon  the  heads 
of  kings ;  how  the  pretender  to  a  nation  hath 
fought  bloody  battles  to  have  it  done  on  him  in 
the  proper  place  ;  and  how  maidens  have  fought 
with  knightly  prowess,  that  the  rightful  owner 
should,  in  his  turn,  receive  it  ?  And  has  not  the 
wavering  fidelity  of  subjects  been  secured  by  the 
fear  of  raising  a  hand  against  God's  anointed  ? 
And  in  all  this,  which  is  not  of  divine  or  scrip- 
tural institution,  who  sees  anything  less  than 
wholesome,  as  conducing  to  the  strengthening 
of  sentiments  in  themselves  virtuous  and  pub- 
licly useful ? 

In  some  respects  similar  is  the  institution  of 


146  LECTURE  THE  FOURTH. 

a  season  set  apart  for  outwardly  exhibiting  those 
feelings,  which  should  ever  animate  the  Christian 
soul  towards  his  crucified  Redeemer.     It  must 
be  greatly  conducive  to  public  virtue,  to  appoint 
a  time  when  all  men,  even  the  wicked,  must 
humble   themselves,  and  act   virtue.     It   is   a 
homage  to  the  moral  power,   an  acknowledg- 
ment, at  least,  of  its  right  to  rule ;  a  recognition 
of  a  public  voice  in  virtue,  which  can  stand  on 
the  highway,  and  command  even  her  enemies 
to  obey  her  laws.     It  is,  moreover,  a  compulsion 
to  thought :  many  a  virtuous  life  hath  been  led 
in  earnest,  whose  beginning  had  been  in  mockery 
and  scorn.     You  have  always  gained  much  upon 
the  soul,  when  you  have  brought  the  behaviour 
to  what  becomes  it.     Now,  all  this  hath  the  set- 
ting aside  one  week  to  the  commemoration  of 
Christ's  passion   effected ;    because   being  not 
merely  proposed  to  the  mind,  but  represented  in 
such  a  way  as  to  oblige  men  to  attend,  with  cer- 
tain proprieties  of  deportment,  and  acting  more- 
over on  the  public  feelings  of  society,  it  produces 
a  restraint  and  a  tone  of  conduct  which  must 
prove  beneficial.     But  examples  will  illustrate 
this  better  than  words. 

St.  Bernard  clearly  intimates,  that  the  most 
abandoned,  and  even  those  who  had  no  idea  of 
an  effectual  reform,  were  yet  compelled,  by 
public  decency,  to  abstain  from  vice  during  the 


LECTURE  THE  FOURTH.  147 

entire  Lent,  and  more  especially  during  the  con- 
cluding season.  "  The  lovers  of  the  world,"  he 
exclaims,  in  his  second  sermon  on  the  Resur- 
rection, "  the  enemies  of  the  Cross  of  Christ, 
through  this  time  of  Lent,  long  after  Easter^ 
that  they,  alas !  may  indulge  in  pleasure  .... 
Wretches !  thus  honour  ye  Christ  whom  ye  have 
received  ?  Ye  have  prepared  a  dwelling  for  him 
at  his  coming,  confessing  your  sins  with  groans, 
chastening  your  bodies  and  giving  alms,  and, 
behold,  ye  traitorously  betray  him,  or  force  him 
to  go  out  by  readmitting  your  former  wicked- 
ness.— Now,  should  Easter  require  less  reve- 
rence than  Passion-tide  ?  But  it  is  plain  that  ye 
honour  neither.  For  if  ye  suffered  with  him,  ye 
could  reign  with  him ;  if  with  him  ye  died,  with 
him  ye  would  rise  again.  But  now,  only,  from 
the  custom  of  this  time,  and  from  a  certain  simi- 
lation,  hath  that  humiliation  proceeded,  which 
spiritual  exultation  followeth  not."*  He  then 
exhorts  all  to  perseverance  in  the  course  of 
virtue  which  they  had  assumed.  But  it  is  evi- 
dent, from  these  words,  that  the  scandal  of  vice 
was  arrested  by  the  public  solemnization  of  this 
time. 

It  has  been  the  custom,  too,  during  these  days, 
consecrated  by  the  remembrance  of  Christ's 
passion,  for  sovereigns  to  lay  aside  their  state, 

*  De  Resurr.  Dei,  Ser.  ii.p.168:  Par.  1602. 


1413  LECTURE  THE  FOURTH. 

and  proclaim,  before  their  subjects,  the  equality 
of  all  men  when  viewed  upon  Mount  Calvary. 
When  the  Emperor  Heraclius  recovered  from 
king  Chosroes  the  relics  of  Golgotha,  and  bore 
them  himself  in  triumph  to  the  Holy  City,  old 
historians  tell  us  how,  arrived  at  the  gate,  he 
found  himself,  of  a  sudden,  unable  to  proceed. 
Then  the  patriarch,  Zachary,  who  was  beside 
him,  spoke  to  him  saying,  "  You  are  bearing  the 
Cross  shod  and  crowned,  and  clad  in  costly 
robes ;  but  He  who  bore  it  here  before  you,  was 
barefoot,  crowned  with  thorns,  and  meanly  at- 
tired." Upon  hearing  which  words,  the  empe- 
ror cast  aside  his  shoes  and  crown,  and  all  other 
regal  state,  and  entered  the  city  to  the  church. 

The  spirit  of  this  reproof  was  fully  felt  in  later 
times  through  every  Christian  country.  In 
many,  no  one  is  allowed  to  go  in  a  carriage 
during  the  last  days  of  Holy  Week ;  at  Naples 
this  is  yet  observed,  and  the  king  and  royal 
family,  for  that  time,  are  reduced,  as  to  outward 
pomp,  to  the  level  of  their  subjects.  "  Now," 
says  a  modern  German  author,  speaking  of  Lent, 
"the  songs  of  joy  gave  place  to  the  seven  peni- 
tential psalms  ;  the  plentiful  board  was  exchanged 
for  strict  temperance,  and  the  superfluity  given 
to  the  poor.  Instead  of  the  music  of  the  bower 
and  hall,  the  chaunt  of  '  Miserere'  was  heard, 
with  the  eloquent  warnings  of  the  preacher. 


LECTURE  THE  FOURTH.  149 

Forty  days'  fast  overcame  the  people's  lust : 
kings,  princes,  and  lords  were  humbled  with  their 
domestics,  and  dressed  in  black  instead  of  their 
gorgeous  habits.  In  Holy  Week,  the  mourning 
was  still  more  strongly  expressed ;  the  church 
became  more  solemn ;  the  fast  stricter ;  no  altar 
was  decorated ;  no  bell  sounded,  and  no  pom- 
pous equipage  rolled  in  the  streets.  Princes 
and  vassals,  rich  and  poor,  went  on  foot,  in 
habits  of  deep  mourning.  On  Palm  Sunday, 
after  reading  out  of  the  history  of  Christ,  every 
one  bore  his  palm,  and  nothing  else  was  heard 
but  the  sufferings  of  the  Messiah.  After  receiv- 
ing the  blessed  sacrament  on  Maundy  Thursday, 
bishops,  priests,  kings,  and  princes,  proceeded 
to  wash  the  feet  of  the  poor,  and  to  serve  them 
at  table."* 

In  the  life  of  that  most  amiable  and  holy 
princess,  St.  Elizabeth  of  Hungary,  we  have  the 
following  account  of  her  practices  during  these 
days  :  "  Nothing  can  express  the  fervour,  love, 
and  pious  veneration,  with  which  she  celebrated 
those  holy  days,  on  which  the  Church,  by  cere- 
monies so  touching,  and  so  expressive,  recalls  to 
the  mind  of  the  faithful,  the  sorrowful  and  un- 
speakable mystery  of  our  redemption.  On  Holy 
Thursday,  imitating  the  King  of  Kings,  who,  on 
this  day,  rising  from  table,  laid  aside  his  gar- 

*  "  Vogt,  Rhenische  Geschichte,"  ap.  Digby  Morus,  p.  170. 


15Q  LECTURE  THE  FOURTH. 

ments,  the  daughter  of  the  king  of  Hungary, 
putting  oif  whatever  could  remind  her  of  worldly 
pomps,  dressed  herself  in  poor  clothes,  and,  with 
only  sandals  on  her  feet,  went  to  visit  different 
churches.  On  this  day,  she  washed  the  feet  of 
twelve  poor  men,  sometimes  lepers,  and  gave  to 
each  twelve  pieces,  a  white  dress,  and  a  loaf. 

"  All  the  next  night  she  passed  in  prayer  and 
meditation  upon  our  Lord's  passion.  In  the 
morning,  it  being  the  day  on  which  the  divine 
sacrifice  was  accomplished,  she  said  to  her  at- 
tendants :  ( This  day  is  a  day  of  humiliation  for 
all ;  I  desire  that  none  of  you  do  show  me  any 
mark  of  respect.'  Then  she  would  put  on  the 
same  dress  as  before,  and  go  barefoot  to  the 
churches,  taking  with  her  certain  little  packets 
of  linen,  incense,  and  small  tapers ;  and,  kneeling 
before  one  altar,  would  place  thereon  of  these ; 
and,  prostrating  herself,  would  pray  awhile  most 
devoutly,  and  so  pass  to  another  altar,  till  she 
had  visited  all.  At  the  door  of  the  church  she 
gave  large  alms,  but  was  pushed  about  by  the 
crowd,  who  did  not  know  her.  Some  courtiers 
reproached  her  for  the  meanness  of  her  gifts,  as 
unworthy  of  a  sovereign.  But  though,  at  other 
times,  her  alms-deeds  were  most  abundant,  so 
that  few  ever  were  more  splendidly  liberal  to  the 
poor,  yet  a  certain  divine  instinct  in  her  heart 
taught  her,  how,  in  such  days,  she  should  not 


LECTURE  THE  FOURTH.  151 

play  the  queen,  but  the  poor  sinner  for  whom 
Christ  died/'* 

Every  one  will  feel  what  an  influence  such 
annual  seasons  of  humiliation  in  sovereigns  must 
have  exercised  on  the  formation  of  their  own 
hearts,  and,  through  them,  on  the  happiness  of 
their  subjects.  But  no  one  either,  I  believe,  will 
fail  to  notice  the  connexion  established,  by  the 
biographer,  between  the  touching  ceremonies  of 
these  days  and  the  conduct  of  this  princess,  as 
of  many  others.  Had  there  been  no  special  com- 
memoration, day  by  day,  and  almost  hour  by 
hour,  of  our  Saviour's  actions  and  sufferings  ; 
had  there  not  been  services,  which  especially 
separated  them  from  all  other  days,  for  this 
solemn  occupation  ;  and  had  they  not  been  such 
as  bring  the  feelings  of  men  into  harmony  with 
the  occasion,  certes  such  instances  of  royal 
abasement  never  would  have  been  witnessed. 
Nor  is  this  thought  and  practice  far  from  your 
own  age  and  place ;  if,  on  the  evenings  of  Wed- 
nesday and  Thursday,  you  will  visit  the  hospital 
of  the  pilgrims,  you  will  see  the  noblest  of  Rome, 
cardinals,  bishops,  and  princes,  performing  the 
lowliest  works  of  hospitable  charity  on  the  poor 
strangers  who  have  arrived  from  afar.  Wash- 
ing and  medicating  their  galled  feet,  and  serving 
them  at  table ;  while  dames,  of  highest  degree, 

*  Count  Montalembert,  p.  67. 


152  LECTURE  THE  FOURTH. 

are  similarly  ministering  to  the  poor  of  their 
own  sex.  And  here  you  will  see,  I  promise  you, 
no  coldness,  or  precise  formality,  as  though  it 
were  an  unwilling  duty;  but,  on  the  contrary, 
an  alacrity  and  cheerfulness,  a  familiarity  and 
kindness,  which  proves  it  to  be  a  deed  of  charity 
done  for  Christ's  sake,  and  in  example  of  the 
humble  and  suffering  state  to  which  he  reduced 
himself  for  us.  And  the  relation  between  this 
uninterrupted  continuation  of  old  charitable  hos- 
pitality, and  the  similar  action  of  our  Saviour, 
commemorated  in  the  Church  ceremonial,  will 
sufficiently  prove  the  influence  which  this  has  in 
keeping  up  an  exercise  so  accordant  with  his 
precept. 

But  the  effects  of  these  solemnities  were  more 
conspicuously  useful,  inasmuch  as  they  suggested 
an  imitation  not  only  of  our  Saviour's  abase- 
ment, but  still  more  of  his  charity.  I  will  not 
detain  you  to  quote  the  authorities  of  eminent 
writers,  to  show  how  this  week  was  ever  distin- 
guished by  more  abundant  alms  and  works  of 
charitable  actions.  I  will  content  myself  with 
instances  of  the  influence  it  had  in  one  rarer  and 
more  sovereign  exercise  of  this  virtue.  There  is 
a  well-known  anecdote  of  a  young  prince,  who, 
being  yet  in  tutelage,  besought  in  vain  of  his 
council  the  liberation  of  a  prisoner ;  wherefore, 
going  into  his  room,  he,  with  an  amiable  peevish- 


LECTURE  THE  FOURTH.  153 

ness,  opened  wide  the  cage  of  certain  singing 
birds,  which  he  kept  for  his  pastime,  saying, 
"  If  I  cannot  free  any  other  prisoner,  no  one 
can  prevent  my  freeing  you."  With  a  better 
spirit,  but  with  an  innocence  of  thought  no  less 
amiable,  it  seemed  a  rule  to  expiate  the  crime  of 
Pilate  and  the  Jews,  in  unjustly  condemning  our 
Lord,  by  freeing  captives  on  these  days  from 
their  bonds;  and  in  this  manner  did  it  rightly 
seem  to  Christian  souls,  that  the  liberation  of 
man  from  eternal  captivity  was  most  suitably 
commemorated. 

This  practice  began  with  the  earliest  empe- 
rors. "  Not  only  we,"  says  St.  Chrysostom,  in 
his  excellent  homily  on  Good  Friday,  "  not  only 
we  honour  this  great  week,  but  the  emperor, 
likewise,  of  the  entire  world.  Nor  do  they  do  it 
slightly  and  formally,  but  they  grant  vacation  to 
all  magistrates,  that,  free  from  cares,  they  may 
employ  these  days  in  spiritual  worship ; — let  all 
strife  and  contention,  they  say,  now  cease ; — as 
the  goods  which  the  Lord  purchased  belong  to 
all,  let  us,  his  servants,  strive  to  do  some  good 
also.  Nor  by  this  only  do  they  honour  the  time, 
but  in  another  way  also ;  and  that  no  less  ex- 
cellent. Imperial  letters  are  sent  forth,  enact- 
ing that  the  prisoners'  chains  be  loosed ;  that, 
as  our  Lord,  descending  into  hell,  freed  all  there 
detained  from  death,  so  his  servants,  imitating 


154  LECTURE  THE  FOURTH. 

as  much  as  may  be  their  master's  clemency,  may 
free  men  from  sensible  bands,  whom  they  cannot 
free  from  spiritual."* 

The  imperial  law  encouraged,  likewise,  private 
individuals  to  imitate,  as  far  as  possible,  this  prac- 
tice of  sovereign  clemency.  For  Theodosius  pre- 
scribed that,  while  every  other  judicial  act  should 
cease  during  Holy  and  Easter  Week,  an  excep- 
tion should  be  made  in  favour  of  all  such  acts  as 
were  necessary  for  the  emancipation  of  slaves. f 
St.  Gregory  of  Nyssa  mentions  this  practice  of 
manumission  to  have  been  a  frequent  manner  of 
honouring  the  season  commemorative  of  our 
Lord's  death  and  resurrection.  %  At  a  late  period, 
St.  Eligius,  the  friend  of  Dagobert,  says  in  a 
homily  on  Maundy  Thursday,  "  Malefactors  are 
pardoned,  and  the  prison  gates  are  thrown  open 
throughout  the  world."  Later,  the  kings  of 
France  used  to  pardon,  on  Good  Friday,  one 
prisoner  convicted  of  some  crime  otherwise  un- 
pardonable ;  and  the  clergy  of  Notre  Dame,  on 
Palm  Sunday,  used  to  liberate  another  from  the 
prison  of  the  Petit-Chatelet.  Howard  informs 
us,  that  "in  Navarre,  the  viceroy  and  magis- 
trates used  to  repair  twice  a-year  to  the  prisons, 
at  Christmas  and  eight  days  before  Easter,  and 

*  De  Cruce,  torn.  5,  p.  540 :  ed.  Savill. 
f  Cod.  Justin,  lib.iii.tit.  12  de  Feriis. 
J  Horn.  iii.  De  Resurrect.  Christi. 


LECTURE  THE  FOURTH.  155 

released  as  many  prisoners  as  they  pleased.  In 
1783,  they  released  thirteen  at  Easter  ;  and  some 
years  before  they  released  all."*  This  shows  that 
the  indulgence  was  not  injudiciously  granted, 
but  after  a  proper  investigation. 

But  still  more  useful  was  the  influence  of 
mercy,  in  accordance  with  the  lessons  of  this 
time,  and  the  example  of  our  Saviour,  when  it 
served  to  temper  personal  and  deadly  hatred, 
such  as  feudal  strife  was  too  apt  to  engender. 
When  Roger  de  Breteuil  had  been  condemned  to 
perpetual  imprisonment,  for  conspiracy  against 
William  the  Conqueror,  the  historian  tells  us, 
that  when  the  people  of  God  were  preparing  to 
celebrate  the  festival  of  Easter,  William  sent  to 
him  in  prison  a  costly  suit  with  precious  furs. 
And,  again,  when  Duke  Robert  wras  besieging 
closely  a  castle  wherein  his  enemy,  Balalard,  had 
taken  refuge,  it  happened  that  Balalard' s  clothes 
were  much  worn  ;  whereupon  he  besought  the 
duke's  son  to  supply  him  with  all  that  was 
necessary  becomingly  to  celebrate  Easter ;  so 
the  young  nobleman  spoke  to  his  father,  who 
ordered  him  to  be  provided  with  new  and  fair 
apparel.f 

When  an  ancient  writer,  speaking  of  the  enor- 
mous crimes  of  Gilles  Baignart,  tells  us,  that  he 
could  not  have  obtained  pardon  "  not  even  on 

*  Digby,  "  Mores  Cath."  b.  iii.  p.  87.         f  Ibid. 


156  LECTURE  THE  FOURTH. 

Good  Friday/'    methinks   such   an    expression 
speaks  more  powerfully  than  a  volume  of  in- 
stances, on  the  pleading  for  mercy,  which  the 
solemnity  of  that  day  was  supposed  to  make. 
It  seems  to  say,  that  a  man's  evil  deeds  must 
have  been  almost  fiendish,  for  pardon  to  have 
been  refused  when  asked  on  that  day.     What  a 
beautiful  commentary  on  the  expression  does 
the  history  of  St.  John  Gualbert  make.     His 
only  brother,  Hugo,  had  been  slain  by  one  whom 
the  laws  could  not  reach.     John  was  young  and 
passionate,  and  his  father  urged  him  to  avenge 
the  murder,  and  wipe  off  the  disgrace  of  his 
family.     It  was  in  the  eleventh  century,  when 
such  feuds   between  noble  families  were  not 
easily  quenched ;  and  he  determined  to  do  the 
work  of  vengeance  to  the  utmost.     It  so  hap- 
pened that,  on  Good  Friday,  he  was  riding  home 
to  Florence,  accompanied  by  an  esquire,  when, 
in  a  narrow  part  of  the  road,  he  met  his  adver- 
sary alone,  so  that  escape  was  impossible.     John 
drew  his  sword,  and  was  about  to  despatch  his 
unprepared  foe,  when  he,  casting  himself  on  his 
knees,  bad  him  remember  that,  on  that  day, 
Jesus  Christ  died  for  sinners,  and  besought  him 
to  save  his  life  for  His  dear  sake.     This  plea  was 
irresistible.     To  have  spilt  bood  on  such  a  day, 
or  to  have  refused  forgiveness,  would  have  been 
a  sacrilege ;  and  the  young  nobleman  not  only 


LECTURE  THE  FOURTH.  157 

pardoned  his  bitter  enemy,  but,  after  the  ex- 
ample of  Christ,  who  received  a  kiss  from  Judas, 
raised  him  from  the  ground,  and  embraced  him. 
And  from  that  happy  day  began  his  saintly  life. 
All  this  was   in  conformity  with  what  the 
Church,  in  the  office  of  that  day,  inculcates  by 
example.     For,  whereas  it  is  not  usual  publicly 
to  pray,  in  her  exercises,  for  those  who  live  not 
visibly  in  her  pale  (although  she  encourages  her 
children  at  all  times  to  make  instant  supplica- 
tion for  them),  on  that  day  she  separately  and 
distinctly  prays  for  them,  not   excluding  any 
order,  even  of  such  as  treat  her  like  an  enemy ; 
but  striving  to  make  her  zeal  and  love  as  bound- 
less as  her  Master's  charity.     Nothing,  surely, 
but  the  inculcation  of  this  feeling,   or  rather 
the  making  it  the  very  spirit  of  that  day's  solem- 
nity, could  have  given  it  such  a  might  in  gaming 
mercy.     Hear,  again,  how  wonderfully  the  pre- 
cept of  receiving  the  holy  communion,  at  this 
same  season,  worked  effects  of  charity.     When 
the  good  king,  Robert  of  France,  was  about  to 
celebrate  Easter  at  Compiegne,  twelve  noblemen 
were  attached  of  treason,  for  designing  to  assas- 
sinate him.      Having    interrogated  them,    he 
ordered  them  to  be  confined  in  a  house,  and 
royally  fed ;  and,  on  the  holiday  of  the  resur- 
rection, strengthened  with  the  holy  sacrament. 
Next  day,  being  tried,  they  were  condemned ; 


158  LECTURE  THE  FOURTH. 

but  the  pious  king  dismissed  them,  as  his  histo- 
torian  says,  on  account  of  the  benign  Jesus.* 

Surely,  when  such  effects  as  these  were  pro- 
duced, by  the  observance  of  a  holy  season  thus 
set  aside  for  the  commemoration  of  Christ's 
sacred  passion  and  resurrection,  no  one  will 
deny  that  this  must  be  a  most  wise  institution, 
as  a  cause  and  instrument  of  great  public  virtue. 
And  the  power,  which  it  had  and  hath,  must  not 
be  disjoined  from  the  exact  forms  which  it  then, 
as  now,  observed.  For,  manifestly,  these  days 
would  never  have  received  consecration  in  the 
minds  of  men,  nor  have  been  thought  endowed 
with  a  peculiar  grace,  if  nothing  had  been  acted 
on  them  that  distinguished  them  from  other 
times.  In  countries,  where  no  mark  seals  them 
with  a  blessed  application,  they  slip  over  like 
other  days.  Good  Friday,  alone,  detains,  for  a 
brief  hour,  the  attention  of  men  to  the  recital 
of  our  Redeemer's  dolorous  passion ;  but  how 
faint  must  be  the  impression  thus  produced, 
compared  with  that  of  a  sorrowful  ceremonial, 
which,  step  by  step,  leads  you  through  the  his- 
tory of  this  painful  event,  pausing,  as  if  to  look 
upon  each  distinct  act  of  graciousness,  and  to 
commemorate  each  expression  of  love,  and  to 
study  every  lesson  of  virtue!  And,  indeed, 
how  powerful  this  influence  was,  the  effects  I 
have  described  must  show. 

*  Helgaldus  Epit.  Vitae  Rob.  p.  64,  Hist.  Franc. 


LECTURE  THE  FOURTH.  I  ."><) 

Nor  must  it  be  thought  for  a  moment,  that 
they  resulted  rather  from  custom  than  from 
feeling ;  as  though  kings  and  princes  were  not 
likely  to  assist  with  much  earnestness  at  these 
ceremonies,  but  rather  left  them  to  be  performed 
by  priests  in  their  churches  or  chantries.  On 
the  contrary,  they  would  have  greatly  shocked 
their  subjects  had  they  neglected  due  and  re- 
spectful attention  to  these  ecclesiastical  offices. 
When  the  pious  emperor,  Henry  II,  was  return- 
ing from  Rome,  where  he  had  been  crowned,  he 
staid  his  journey  at  Pavia,  that  he  might  cele- 
brate Easter ;  and  so  our  own  and  foreign  chron- 
icles often  record  the  place  where  the  holydays 
were  passed.  Rymer  has  preserved  a  writ  of 
Edward  III,  commanding  the  ornaments  of  his 
chapel  to  be  sent  to  Calais,  where  he  meant  to 
keep  the  festival.*  Abbot  Suger  has  given  us 
a  minute  account  of  the  magnificent  way  in 
which  the  kings  of  France  used  to  observe  the 
sacred  time  in  the  Roman  style,  as  he  expresses 
it.  On  Wednesday,  the  king  proceeded  to  St. 
Denis,  met  by  a  solemn  procession.  There  he 
spent  Thursday,  (on  which  the  ceremonies  were 
performed  with  great  magnificence),  and  all 
Friday.  The  night  of  Easter-eve  he  passed  in 
church ;  and,  after  privately  communicating  in 

*  Tom.  iii.  part  2,  p.  7. 


160  LECTURE  THE  FOURTH. 

the  morning,  went  in  splendid  state  to  celebrate 
the  Easter  festivity.* 

It  may  be,  perhaps,  objected,  that  the  impres- 
sion thus  made  by  a  few  days  of  devotion  and 
recollection,  must  have  been  very  transient,  and 
can  have  produced  no  permanent  effects.  This, 
however,  was  far  from  being  the  case.  For  the 
Church,  with  a  holy  ingenuity,  was  able  to  pro- 
long the  sacred  character  of  these  days  through- 
out the  year  ;  and  to  make  the  lessons  we  have 
seen  taught  by  them  enduring  and  continued. 
Every  one,  I  presume,  is  aware,  that  Sunday  is 
but  a  weekly  repetition,  through  the  year,  of 
Easter-day ;  for  the  Apostles  transferred  the 
sabbatical  rest  from  the  last  to  the  first  day  of 
the  week,  to  commemorate  our  Lord's  resurrec- 
tion. Now,  a  similar  spirit  consecrated,  from 
the  beginning  of  the  Church,  the  sixth  day  of 
every  week  as  a  day  of  humiliation,  in  continued 
remembrance  of  the  day  whereon  he  was  cru- 
cified. 

From  the  beginning,  Friday  was  kept  as  a  fast, 
and  that  of  so  strict  observance,  that  the  blessed 
martyr,  Fructuosus,  bishop  of  Tarracona,  in 
Spain,  when  led  to  execution,  in  259,  though 
standing  much  in  need  of  refreshment,  refused 
to  drink,  it  being  Friday,  and  about  ten  of  the 

*  Do  vita  Ludovici  Grossi :  Hist.  Franc,  p.  132. 


LECTURE  THE  FOURTH.  Mil 

clock.*  The  motive  for  this  fast,  as  well  as  of 
that  on  Saturdays,  the  remains  of  which  yet  ex- 
ist in  the  observance  of  these  two  days  as  days 
of  abstinence,  is  clearly  stated  to  be  what  I  have 
described  it,  by  Pope  Innocent  I,  about  the  year 
402.  For,  writing  to  Decentius,  he  says  :  "  On 
Friday  we  fast  on  account  of  our  Lord's  passion. 
Saturday  ought  not  to  be  passed  over,  because 
it  is  included  between  the  sorrow  and  the  joy  of 
that  season.  This  form  of  fasting  must  be  ob- 
served every  week,  because  the  commemoration 
of  that  day  is  ever  to  be  observed. "f  Julius 
Pollux,  in  his  chronicle,  says  of  Constantine  : 
"He  ordered  Friday  and  Sunday  to  be  honoured ; 
that  on  account  of  the  Cross  (or  crucifixion)  of 
Christ,  and  this  for  his  resurrection." 

In  after  ages,  this  custom  was  rigidly  observed, 
as  a  learned  and  pious  living  author  has  proved 
by  examples.  In  an  old  French  poem  upon  the 
Order  of  Chivalry,  Hue  de  Tabarie  informs 
Saladin  of  the  four  things  which  a  true  knight 
should  observe  ;  one  is  abstinence  or  temperance. 
He  then  says  :  "  And  to  tell  you  the  truth, 
he  should,  on  every  Friday,  fast,  in  holy  remem- 
brance, that,  on  that  day,  Jesus  Christ,  with  a 
lance,  for  our  redemption  was  pierced ;  through- 
out his  life  on  that  day  he  must  fast  for  our 
Lord."  It  is  recorded,  in  old  memoirs,  of  the 

*  Prudent,  hymn  vi.  t  Cap  4-. 

L2 


162  LECTURE  THE  FOURTH. 

Mareschal  de  Boucicaut,  that  he  held  Friday  in 
great  reverence,  would  eat  nothing  on  it  which 
had  possessed  life,  and  dressed  in  black  to  com- 
memorate our  Saviour's  passion.  And  hence,  on 
the  other  hand,  the  people  of  his  time  held  it  for 
one  of  Robert  le  Diable's  worst  characteristics, 
that  he  neglected  that  day's  fast.* 

This  powerful  association  of  one  day  in  the 
week,  with  the  lessons  of  meekness  and  forgive- 
ness which  we  have  seen  its  prototype  inculcate, 
and  this  one  day  observed  with  humble  devotion, 
in  honour  of  man's  redemption,  must  have  kept 
alive  a  truly  Christian  spirit,  or  at  least  have 
acted  as  a  check,  salutary  and  powerful,  upon 
the  course,  otherwise  unrestrained,  of  passion. 
The  feeling  which  inspired  this  dedication  is  not 
yet  extinct.  Here,  in  particular,  all  public 
amusements  are  prohibited  on  the  Friday,  as  in- 
consistent with  the  mystery  which  it  still  com- 
memorates. In  England,  it  has  lingered  in  the 
form  of  a  popular  superstition,  deeply  rooted 
and  widely  extended,  that  no  new  undertaking 
should  be  commenced  on  that  day. 

But  this  perpetuation,  throughout  the  year,  of 
the  feelings  which  the  last  days  of  Holy  Week 
are  intended  to  inspire,  is  much  better  and  more 
effectually  to  be  acknowledged  in  another  insti- 
tution of  past  ages.  The  feudal  system,  how- 

*  "  Broad  Stone  of  Honour,"  Tancredus,  p.  252. 


LECTURE  TI1K   FOURTH.  163 

ever  beautiful  in  many  of  its  principles,  was  a 
constant  seed-bed  of  animosities  and  wars.  Each 
petty  chief  arrogated  to  himself  the  rights  of  so- 
vereignty ;  and  all  those  passions  which  disturb 
great  monarchs,  revenge,  ambition,  jealousy,  and 
restlessness,  were  multiplied  in  innumerable 
smaller  spheres,  which  occasioned  more  real  suf- 
fering to  those  exposed  to  their  influence  than  the 
commotions  of  larger  governments  could  have 
caused.  The  Church,  the  only  authority  which, 
unarmed,  could  throw  itself  between  two  foes, 
and  act  as  a  mediating  power,  essayed  in  every 
possible  way  to  bring  a  love  of  peace  home  to 
men's  hearts.  But  they  were  men  ever  cased  in 
steel,  on  whom  lessons  of  general  principles  had 
but  little  power.  Unable  to  cut  up  the  evil  by 
the  roots,  it  turned  its  care  to  the  rendering  it 
less  hurtful,  and  devised  expedients  for  lessen- 
ing the  horrors,  and  abridging  the  calamities, 
of  feudal  war.  For  this  purpose,  it  seized  upon 
those  religious  feelings  which  I  have  already 
shown  to  have  resulted  from  the  celebration  of 
Christ's  passion  during  Holy  Week  ;  and  the 
success  was  so  marked,  that  the  pious  age  in 
which  the  experiment  was  made,  hesitated  not 
to  attribute  it  to  the  interposition  of  Heaven. 

About  the  middle  of  the  eleventh  century, 
as  a  contemporary  writer  informs  us,  a  cove- 
nant, founded  upon  the  love,  as  well  as  the  fear, 


164  LECTURE  THE  FOURTH. 

of  God,  was  established  in  Aquitaine,  and  thence 
gradually  spread  over  all  France.  It  was  of  this 
tenor ;  that,  from  the  vespers  of  Wednesday 
until  Monday  at  day-break,  no  one  shall  pre- 
sume to  take  aught  from  any  man  by  violence, 
or  to  avenge  himself  of  his  adversary,  or  to  come 
down  upon  a  surety  for  his  engagements.  Who- 
soever should  infringe  this  public  decree  must 
either  compound  for  his  life,  or,  being  excommu- 
nicate, be  banished  the  country.  In  this  also 
did  all  agree,  that  this  compact  should  bear  the 
name  of  the  "  Truce  of  God."  There  could  be  no 
doubt  regarding  the  principle  of  this  important 
regulation,  if  its  original  founders  had  left  us  in 
the  dark.  The  time  pronounced  sacred,  and 
during  which  war  could  not  be  carried  on,  is 
precisely  that  which  the  Church  occupies  in 
Holy  Week  in  the  celebration  of  Christ's  passion. 
That  the  ground  of  this  consecration  was  this 
passion  has  been  clearly  recorded;  but  it  is 
plain,  that  the  limits  thus  assigned  were  not 
drawn  from  the  actual  time  during  which  our 
Saviour  suffered,  seeing  that  he  began  his  pains 
on  Olivet  only  in  the  evening  of  Thursday,  but 
rather  from  the  ecclesiastical  period  of  celebra- 
tion, which  is  from  the  Wednesday  afternoon  at 
Tenebrae  till  Monday  following.  Not  aware  of 
this,  several  modern  authors  have  fallen  into  the 
mistake  of  shortening  by  one  day  this  Truce  of 


LKCTURE  THE  FOURTH.  165 

God,  asserting  it   to  have  begun  on  Thursday 
evening. 

See,  then,  how  the  Church  extended  to  the 
whole  year  the  virtuous  effects  produced,  for  the 
welfare  of  men,  by  the  offices  of  Holy  Week ; 
and  turned  the  reverence  which  they  excited  to 
good  and  durable  account  in  promoting  public 
happiness.  What  a  beneficial  influence  too  ! 
For  all  men  could  now  reckon,  in  each  week, 
upon  four  days'  security  and  peace.  They  could 
travel  abroad,  or  attend  to  their  domestic  affairs, 
without  danger  of  molestation,  shielded  by  the 
religious  sanction  of  this  sacred  convention. 
The  ravages  of  war  were  restrained  to  three 
days  ;  there  was  leisure  for  passion  to  cool,  and 
for  the  mind  to  sicken  at  a  languishing  warfare, 
and  long  for  home. 

Nor  must  it  be  thought  that  this  law  remained 
a  dead  letter.  The  author  to  whom  I  have  re- 
ferred proceeds  to  say,  that  many  who  refused 
to  observe  it  were  soon  punished  either  by  divine 
judgments,  or  by  the  sword  of  man ;  "  And 
this,"  he  adds,  "  most  justly ;  for  as  Sunday  is 
considered  venerable  on  account  of  our  Lord's 
resurrection,  so  ought  Thursday,  Friday  and 
Saturday,  through  reverence  of  his  Last  Supper 
and  Passion,  to  be  kept  free  of  all  wicked 
actions."  Then  he  proceeds  to  detail  one  or  two 
striking  instances,  as  they  were  considered,  of 


166  LECTURE  THE  FOURTH. 

Divine  vengeance  upon  transgressors.*  William 
the  Conqueror  acceded  to  this  holy  truce,  ap- 
proved by  a  council  of  his  bishops  and  barons 
held  at  Lillebonne,  in  1080.  Count  Raymond 
published  it  at  Barcelona  ;  and  successive  popes, 
as  Urban  II,  in  the  celebrated  synod  of  Cler- 
mont,  Paschal  II,  in  that  of  Rome,  and  particu- 
larly Innocent  II  and  Alexander  III,  in  the  first 
and  second  Lateran  councils,  sanctioned  and 
enforced  it.f 

This  is  a  strong  and  incontrovertible  example 
of  the  happy  influence  which  the  celebration  of 
these  coming  solemnities  has  exerted  upon  the 
general  happiness,  and  the  share  they  have  had 
in  humanizing  men,  and  rendering  their  actions 
conformable  to  the  feelings  and  precepts  of  the 
gospel.  For  let  me  remark  to  you,  that  in  none 
of  the  examples  I  have  brought  can  it  be  said, 
that  the  vulgar  solution  of  such  phenomena  will 
hold  good ;  that  a  superstitious  awe,  or  fanatical 
reverence  of  outward  forms,  was  the  active 
cause.  In  not  one  case  will  it  be  possible  to 
show,  that  the  conduct  has  been  devoid  of  a  feel- 
ing which  all  must  pronounce  virtuous  and  holy ; 
or  rather  that  it  has  not  sprung,  as  a  natural 
result,  from  the  inward  sentiment  which  these 
sacred  observances  had  inspired.  Nay,  I  have 

*  Glabri  Rodulphi  Historic,  lib.  v.  c.  1 .     Hist.  Franc,  p.  55. 
t  Nat.  Alex.  torn.  vi.  p.  783. 


LECTURE  THE   FOIRT1I.  1(>7 

passed  over  what,  perhaps,  would  have  been  a 
proof,  stronger  than  any  other,  of  their  influence, 
because  I  feared,  that  opinion  concerning  its 
value  might  be  divided,  or  the  motives  of  many, 
among  those  who  gave  it,  might  be  more  easily 
suspected.  I  allude  to  the  crusades,  those 
gigantic  quests  of  ancient  chivalry,  when  knight- 
hood, of  its  own  nature  a  lover  of  solitary  ad- 
venture and  individual  glory,  became,  so  to 
speak,  gregarious,  and  poured  its  blood  in  streams 
to  regain  the  sepulchre  of  Christ.  Could  such 
a  spirit  of  religious  enterprise  have  anywhere 
existed,  If  the  thoughts  of  men  had  not  been 
taught  to  solemnize  his  passion,  by  the  contem- 
plation of  scenes  which  led  them  yearly  in  spirit 
to  Jerusalem,  and  inflamed  their  minds  with 
warm  devotion  towards  the  place  of  their  re- 
demption ?  Would  pilgrims  have  flocked  to 
Palestine,  in  spite  of  paynim  oppression  and 
stripes,  and  even  of  death,  if  Passion-tide,  in 
their  own  country,  had  ever  passed  over,  like 
any  other  week,  without  offices,  without  mourn- 
ing, without  deep  expressions  of  sympathy  for 
the  sufferings  of  Christ  ?  Was  it  not  the  thought, 
how  much  more  feeling  will  all  these  functions 
be,  upon  the  very  spot  whereon  what  they  com- 
memorate occurred,  that  necessarily  formed  the 
first  link  in  the  reasoning  which  led  them  from 
their  homes  ?  Could  they  have  been  induced  to 


168  LECTURE  THE  FOURTH. 

undertake  so  long,  so  wearisome,  and  so  perilous 
a  journey,  with  no  other  prospect,  during  the 
season  commemorative  of  the  passion,  than  a 
solitary  every-day  service  on  one  morning  of 
the  week  ?  And  we  know,  that  to  secure  these 
pious  palmers  from  the  vexatious  tyranny  of  the 
infidels,  was  one  of  the  great  motives  of  these 
expeditions. 

But  on  this  subject  I  do  not  wish  to  dwell. 
Without  entering  on  such  contested  ground,  I 
flatter  myself  that  enough  has  been  said  to  show 
what  an  important  influence,  upon  public  virtue, 
the  solemn  yearly  celebration  of  Christ's  passion, 
through  its  aifecting  ceremonial,  has  exerted. 
It  has  brought  men,  even  unwillingly,  to  the  ob- 
servance of  propriety ;  it  has  taught  kings  humi- 
lity and  charity ;  it  has  softened  the  harshness 
of  feudal  enmities,  and  produced  meekness  in 
forgiving  wrongs.  But  we  have  also  seen  this 
week  become,  in  some  sort,  the  very  heart  of 
the  entire  year  (as  its  mystery  is  of  Christianity) 
sending  forth  a  living  stream  of  holy  and  solemn 
feeling,  which  circulated  through  the  whole 
twelve  months,  beating  powerfully  at  short  inter- 
vals through  its  frame,  and  renewing  at  each 
stroke  the  healthy  and  quickening  action  of  its 
first  impulse. 

The  effects  thus  produced  upon  society  must 
have  depended,  in  a  great  measure,  upon  the 


LECTURE  THE  FOURTH.  160 

operation  which  this  solemnization  had  in  each 
individual ;  and  we  cannot  doubt  that  these 
were,  as  they  now  are,  excellently  beneficial. 
For,  if  the  death  of  Christ  be  the  sinner's  only 
refuge,  and  the  just  man's  only  hope,  according 
as  the  Catholic  Church  hath  ever  taught,  it  can- 
not be  without  good  and  wholesome  effects,  to 
turn  the  mind  of  each,  for  a  certain  space, 
entirely  towards  this  subject,  excluding,  as  much 
as  possible,  at  the  same  time,  all  other  distract- 
ing thoughts.  To  understand,  however,  the 
power  of  this  most  wise  disposition,  it  is  fair  to 
consider  this  season  with  all  its  attendant  cir- 
cumstances. 

And,  first,  wre  should  not  forget  that  Holy 
Week  appears  not  suddenly  in  the  midst  of  the 
year,  to  be  entered  upon  abruptly  and  without 
preparation.  It  has  a  solemn  vestibule,  in  the 
previous  humiliation  of  Lent,  which,  by  fasting 
and  retirement  from  the  usual  dissipations  of 
the  remaining  year,  brings  the  mind  to  a  proper 
tone  for  feeling  what  is  to  come.  This  is  like  a 
solitude  round  a  temple,  such  as  girded  the 
Egyptian  Oasis ;  and  prevents  the  intrusion  of 
thoughts  and  impressions  too  fresh  from  the 
world  and  its  vanities.  As  the  more  important 
moment  of  initiation  approaches,  the  gloom  be- 
comes more  dense,  and  during  Passion  Week,  in 
which  now  we  are,  we  feel  ourselves  surrounded 


170  LECTURE  THE  FOURTH. 

by  sad  preparations,  inasmuch  as  every  part  of 
our  liturgy  speaks  of  Christ's  passion,  and  the 
outward  signs  of  mourning  have  already  ap- 
peared in  our  churches.  During  this  Lenten 
season  there  are  daily  sermons  in  the  principal 
churches,  wherein  eloquent  men  unfold  all  the 
truths  of  religion  with  unction  and  zeal.  In  the 
week  just  passed,  you  may  have  noticed  how, 
during  certain  hours  of  the  afternoons,  every 
place  of  ordinary  refreshment  was  empty  and 
closed.  But  instead  of  them  the  churches  were 
all  open  and  full ;  for,  during  those  days,  other 
learned  priests,  in  familiar  discourse,  expounded 
to  the  people  the  duty  of  returning  to  God  by 
repentance,  through  the  sacrament  of  penance. 
They  taught  them,  in  the  strongest  terms,  the 
necessity  of  changing  their  lives,  and  effectually 
turning  from  sin ;  and  then  dwelt  on  the  purity 
of  heart  and  burning  love,  with  which  at  Easter 
they  should  comply  with  the  Church's  precept 
of  receiving  the  sacred  communion.  These  were 
the  themes  prescribed  to  them  during  the  week 
just  elapsed. 

The  work  of  preparation  has  not  ended  here. 
For  almost  every  order  of  men  there  have  been 
opened  courses  of  spiritual  exercises  or  retreats, 
that  is,  perfect  retirement,  from  all  other  occupa- 
tion, to  prayer  and  pious  reflection.  The  noble- 
men have  held  their's  in  the  chapel  at  the  Gesu  ; 


LECTURE  THE  FOURTH. 

ladies  at  the  oratory  of  the  Caravita ;  and  the 
numerous  houses  set  aside  for  this  purpose  have 
been  crowded ;  and  not  a  few,  whom  infirmity 
prevents  from  joining  them,  have  observed  these 
pious  practices  at  home.  This  evening,  the  uni- 
versity, and  every  establishment  of  education, 
commences  a  similar  course  of  retirements  and 
devotions,  which  will  close  on  Wednesday  morn- 
ing. During  these  days,  the  time  is  divided  be- 
tween hearing  the  word  of  God,  chiefly  in  regard 
to  its  most  saving  truths,  and  meditating  thereon 
in  solitude. 

It  is  thus  prepared,  that  the  Catholic  ap- 
proaches, or  is  desired  to  approach,  the  closing 
days  of  the  next  week,  and  to  assist  at  those 
beautiful  services,  which  lead  us  through  the 
history  of  Our  Dear  Redeemer's  passion.  The 
conscience  has  been  purged  from  sin,  and  the 
pledge  of  salvation  probably  received,  the  ordi- 
nary distinctions  of  life  have  been  gradually  ex- 
cluded, and  the  temper  of  the  soul  brought  into 
harmony  with  the  feeling  they  inspire.  They 
are  not  intended,  therefore,  to  produce  a  sudden 
and  magical  effect,  but  only  to  come  upon  the 
soul  with  a  natural  sympathetic  power,  resulting 
as  much  from  the  disposition  of  our  minds  as 
from  their  own  intrinsic  worth. 

This  view  of  the  last  days,  or  rather  of  the 
entire  of  Holy  Week,  as  a  time  of  individual 


172  LECTURE  THE  FOURTH. 

sanctification,  is  by  no  means  peculiar  to  Rome, 
or  to  this  age.  It  is  inculcated  in  every  Catholic 
country.  In  Paris,  there  are  always  such  public 
exercises  preparatory  to  it ;  and  in  Spain,  as 
well  as  every  part  of  Italy,  the  same  course  is 
pursued.  In  former  times  it  was  so  in  our  own 
country.  In  the  book  of  ecclesiastical  laws, 
written  originally  by  Theodulph,  bishop  of  Or- 
leans, in  the  eighth  century,  and  adopted  in 
England,  in  994,  we  find  it  enacted,  that  all  the 
faithful  partake  of  the  holy  communion  every 
Sunday  in  Lent,  and  on  the  Thursday,  Friday, 
and  Saturday  of  Holy  Week,  and  Easter  Sunday ; 
and  likewise,  that  all  the  days  of  Easter  Week 
be  kept  with  equal  devotion.* 

That  the  observance  of  this  time,  in  such  a 
manner,  must  be  to  many  most  blessed,  no  one 
will,  I  think,  deny.  For  opportunities  are  thus 
certainly  given,  on  occasion  of  it,  to  ponder 
well  upon  the  great  duties  of  the  Christian  state, 
and  the  means  of  accomplishing  them  ;  and  all 
this,  most  surely,  would  not  have  been  devised 
nor  executed  but  for  the  veneration  with  which 
the  celebration  of  our  Saviour's  death  is  re- 
garded, and  the  holiness  and  purity  with  which 
it  seems  to  us,  that  so  sacred  a  commemoration 
and  so  awful  a  representation  should  be  attended. 

And  if  these  can  indirectly  perform  so  much, 

*  Wilkins,  Cone.  Ang.  torn.  i.  p.  280 


LECTURE  THE  FOURTH.  173 

through  the  preparation  they  require,  what  shall 
we  say  of  themselves  ?  Combining,  in  justest 
proportions,  all  that  can  reach  the  soul, — beauty, 
solemnity,  dignity,  and  pathos,  performed  under 
circumstances  calculated  to  soothe  the  feelings 
of  the  sternest  mind,  and  dedicated  to  the  most 
Christian  of  all  possible  objects,  must  they  not 
have  a  devotional  influence  on  all  that  court  it 
with  a  pious  disposition  ?  Go  to  the  Sixtine 
chapel,  with  the  impression  that  you  are  not 
about  to  witness  a  ceremony,  but  to  assist  at  an 
annual  remembrance  of  His  death,  whom  you 
should  love, — a  remembrance,  too,  wherein  you 
have  a  part,  as  you  had  in  the  reality — in  which 
your  compassion,  not  your  curiosity,  your  heart 
and  not  your  captiousness,  ought  to  be  engaged ; 
unlock  all  the  nerves  of  the  soul,  that  emotion 
may  enter  in  through  every  sense ;  follow  the 
words  which  are  recited,  join  in  the  prayers 
that  are  poured  forth,  listen  to  the  pathetic 
strains  in  which  the  Church  utters  her  wail, 
drinking  in  their  feeling  rather  than  admiring 
their  art, — and  I  will  promise  you,  that,  when  the 
evening  shade  has  closed  over  the  last  cadences 
of  the  plaintive  music,  you  will  arise  and  go  home, 
as  you  would  from  the  house  of  mourning,  "  a 
sadder  but  a  better  man." 

And  is  not  this  truly  the  house  of  mourning 
into  which  you  will  enter  ?  Is  it  not  to  the  per- 
petual anniversary  of  One  most  dear  to  us  that 


174  LECTURE  THE  FOURTH. 

we  are  summoned  ?  When  our  nearest  of  kin 
depart,  we  put  on  mourning  weeds,  and  we 
sorrow  for  a  time.  And  when  the  year  comes 
round,  so  long  as  the  dark  suit  upon  our  bodies 
reminds  us,  we  recal  the  day.  The  Church,  un- 
failing in  her  ordinances  as  in  her  existence, 
willeth  not  that  we  so  quickly  forget.  She  sets 
no  limits  to  the  religious  remembrance  of  the 
departed,  in  our  supplications  to  God ;  she  per- 
petuates their  memory,  if  they  live  among  the 
saints,  to  the  end  of  time.  How,  then,  can  she 
ever  forget  that  awful  stroke  which  robbed  earth 
of  its  glory,  and  brought  all  nature  into  sorrow  ? 
Surely,  to  allow  its  anniversary  to  pass  over, 
without  a  celebration  worthy  of  the  event,  would 
be  an  unnatural  indifference  in  her,  not  even 
to  be  suspected. 

Who  knoweth  not,  how  closely  allied  are  the 
tender  emotions  of  piety  unto  sorrow  ?  Who 
hath  not  felt,  how  moments  of  distress  are  mo- 
ments of  fervour  for  the  soul  that  seeketh  God  ? 
I  believe,  that  hardly  a  religion,  true  or  false, 
will  be  found,  without  a  festival  of  sorrow, 
wherein  men  bewail  the  past  loss  of  some  wor- 
shipped or  honoured  being.  The  ancient  mys- 
teries of  Egypt  had  certainly  such  ;  and  the  mai- 
dens of  Judah  annually  retired  into  the  hills  to 
mourn  over  the  virginity  of  Jephtha's  daughter. 
The  Persians  annually  celebrate  their  Aaschoor, 
or  mourning  feast,  for  Hussein's  death.  The 


LECTURE  THE  FOURTH.  17-'> 

squares  arc  covered  with  black,  and  stages  are 
erected  on  which  the  Mullahs  relate  the  sorrow- 
ful story,  while  the  audience  are  in  tears.  For 
ten  days,  processions,  alms-deeds,  and  scenes  of 
extravagant  sorrow,  occupy  the  city,  and  cere- 
monies are  performed  which  graphically  and 
dramatically  represent  the  fate  of  the  young 
Caliph.*  These  are  all  various  expressions  of 
the  same  want,  felt  in  every  religion,  of  dedicat- 
ing the  tenderer  emotions  to  the  service  of  God, 
as  those  which  best  can  harmonize  with  affec- 
tionate devotion.  And  shall  the  Christian  wor- 
ship alone,  which  presents  a  just,  a  moving,  a 
sublime  occasion  of  sorrow,  in  the  death  of  an 
incarnate  God  for  our  sin,  dry  up,  by  stern 
decree,  the  fountain  of  such  pure  emotion,  or 
afford  no  room  for  outwardly  exercising  such 
true  and  holy  feelings  ? 

Nay,  rather,  was  she  not  bound  to  scoop  out  a 
channel  through  which  they  might  flow  undis- 
turbed by  the  troubled  waters  of  worldly  solici- 
tude ?  Could  we  have  expected  from  her  less, 
than  that  she  should  have  digged  a  cistern,  deep 
and  wide,  for  such  pure  sentiments,  and  thence 
sluiced  it  off,  as  we  have  seen  her  do,  over  the 
barrenness  of  the  remaining  seasons,  to  refresh 
them  with  a  living  stream  ? 

It  is  difficult  to  say  from  what  principle  of 

*  Thevenot,  vol.  ii.  p.  383 

M 


176  LECTURE  THE  FOURTH. 

self-knowledge  the  notion  sprung  in  modern 
religions,  that  outward  forms  destroy  or  disturb 
the  inward  spirit.  It  should  seem,  that  the 
very  knowledge  of  man's  two-fold  constitution 
would  expose  the  idea  to  scorn.  It  must  be  that 
daily  experience  proves,  how  soon  and  how 
easily  men  forget  their  inward  duty,  unless  out- 
wardly reminded,  through  the  senses,  of  its  obli- 
gation. Wherefore  it  should  have  been  decided 
in  later  times,  that  the  ear  alone  is  the  channel  of 
admonition  and  encouragement,  and  that  the  eye, 
— that  noblest  and  quickest  of  senses,  which  seizes 
by  impulse  what  the  other  receives  by  succes- 
sion,— is  not  worthily  to  be  employed  for  religion, 
I  own  the  reason  is  hidden  from  me.  One  hand 
fashioned  both ;  and  why  should  not  both  be 
rendered  back  in  homage  to  Him  ?  If  the 
splendour  of  religious  ceremony  may  bewitch, 
and  fix  the  eye  upon  the  instrument  instead  of 
the  object,  as  surely  may  the  orator's  skill,  or 
the  ornaments  of  his  speech. 

And  applying  these  ideas  to  our  present  sub- 
ject ;  if  the  meditation  upon  Christ's  Passion  be 
the  worthiest  employment  of  any  true  Christian, 
what  shall  prevent  our  endeavouring  to  engage 
every  good  feeling,  and  every  channel  of  inward 
communication,  in  assisting  us  to  the  exercise  ? 
Or,  who  shall  fear  that  we  shall  thereby  fail  ? 
When  the  unfortunate  Mary  Stuart  was  upon 
the  scaffold,  having  prayed  for  her  implacable 


LECTURE  THE  FOURTH.  177 

persecutor,  Elizabeth,  she  held  up  the  crucifix 
which  she  bore,  exclaiming,  "  As  thy  arms,  O 
God,  were  stretched  out  upon  the  Cross,  so  re- 
ceive me  into  the  arms  of  thy  mercy,  and  forgive 
me  my  sins."     Whereupon  the  Earl  of  Kent  un- 
feelingly said :  "  Madam,  you  had  better  leave 
such  popish  trumperies,  and  bear  Him  in  your 
heart."     Now,  note  her  meek  and  just  reply : 
'  I  cannot  hold  in  my  hand  the  representation 
of  His  sufferings,  but  I  must,  at  the  same  time, 
bear  Him  in  my  heart."*      Who  of  those  two 
spake   here  the   language  of  nature?     Whom 
would  any  one  wish  most  to  resemble  in  senti- 
ment,— the  fanatic  who  presided,  or  the  humble 
queen   who   suffered    at  the   execution?      Sir 
Thomas  Brown  is  not  ashamed  to  own,  that  the 
sight   of  a  Catholic  procession  has  sometimes 
moved  him  to  tears.     Who  will  say  that  these 
were  not  salutary  ? 

But  the  best  proof  that  the  attention  paid  to 
the  commemoration  of  Christ's  Passion,  during 
the  ensuing  days,  does  not  rest  outside  the  heart, 
but  penetrates  to  its  very  core,  saturating  it 
with  a  rich  and  lasting  unction  of  true  devotion, 
would  be  drawn  from  the  writings  of  our  Catho- 
lic authors.  It  would  be  impossible  even  to 
enumerate  the  works  which  we  possess  upon  the 
Passion,  filled  with  a  fervour  of  eloquence,  a 
depth  of  feeling,  and  a  penetrating  power,  which 

*  Lingard,  vol.  v.  p.  467  ;  4th  edit. 


178  LECTURE  THE  FOURTH. 

no  other  writings  possess.  Whoever  can  read 
St.  Bernard's  sermons  on  Palm-Sunday,  Holy 
Thursday,  and  Good  Friday,  and  not  feel  the 
tears  in  his  eyes,  will  not  easily  be  moved  by 
words;  and  he  must  be  absolutely  without  a 
heart,  who  should  pronounce,  that  the  mysteries 
of  those  days  produced  only  a  sensible  and  inef- 
fectual devotion. 

But  there  is  another  writer  upon  this  inex- 
haustible subject,  who  more  than  any  other  will 
justify  all  that  I  have  said ;  and,  moreover, 
prove  the  influence  which  these  festivals  of  the 
Passion  may  exercise  upon  the  habitual  feelings 
of  a  Christian.  I  speak  of  the  exquisite  medi- 
tations of  St.  Bonaventure  upon  the  life  of  Christ, 
a  work  in  which  it  is  difficult  what  most  to  ad- 
mire, the  richness  of  imagination,  surpassed  by 
no  poet,  or  the  tenderness  of  sentiment,  or  the 
variety  of  adaptation.  After  having  led  us 
through  the  affecting  incidents  of  Our  Saviour's 
infancy  and  life,  and  brought  us  to  the  last 
moving  scenes,  his  steps  become  slower,  from  the 
variety  of  his  beautiful  but  melancholy  fancies  : 
he  now  proceeds,  not  from  year  to  year,  or  from 
month  to  month,  or  from  day  to  day,  but  each 
hour  has  its  meditations,  and  every  act  of  the 
last  tragedy  affords  him  matter  for  pathetic  ima- 
gination. But  when,  at  the  conclusion,  he  comes 
to  propose  to  us  the  method  of  practising  his 
holy  contemplations,  he  so  distributes  them,  that 


LECTUKK  TIIK  FOURTH. 

from  Monday  to  Wednesday  shall  embrace  the 
whole  of  our  Saviour's  life ;  but  from  Thursday 
to  Sunday  inclusive,  each  day  shall  be  entirely 
taken  up  with  that  mystery  which  the  Church 
in  Holy  Week  has  allotted  to  it.*  In  this  man- 
ner did  he,  _  with  many  others,  extend  throughout 
the  whole  year  the  solemn  commemorations  of 
next  wreek,  for  the  promotion  of  individual  de- 
votion and  sanctification,  even  as  the  Church 
had  done  for  the  public  welfare. 

These  are  but  a  few  examples.  What  shall  I 
say  of  the  tender  and  continual  devotion  of  so 
many  holy  persons  to  the  Passion  of  Christ  ? 
Of  St.  John  of  the  Cross  ?  Of  the  blessed 
Teresa,  who,  from  childhood,  never  slept  till 
she  had  meditated  on  it  ?  Above  all,  of  that 
sublime  saint,  the  seraphic  Francis,  "  The  Trou- 
badour of  love"  as  Gorres  has  justly  called  him, 
whose  poems,  the  earliest  ascertainable  in  the 
Italian  language,  breathe  nothing  but  a  devotion 
towards  Christ  and  Him  crucified,  which  proves 
how  deeply  he  bore  Him  in  his  heart.  But  this 
topic  would  lead  me  far  astray.  Before,  how- 
ever, taking  leave  of  it,  I  would  remark,  that  out 
of  the  abundance  of  the  heart  the  mouth  speak  - 
eth,  and  that  not  only  in  individuals  but  in  their 
communities.  It  is  this  St.  Bernard  observes 
of  his  constant  repetition  of  his  Saviour's  name. 
"  It  is  in  my  heart,"  he  says,  "  and  thence  it 

*  Cap.  101,  p.  581,  torn.  ii.  Oper. 


180  LECTURE  THE  FOURTH. 

leaps  to  my  mouth."  It  is  difficult  to  imagine  a 
religion  whose  inward  and  vital  principles  are 
not  expressed  in  its  public  offices,  and  recorded, 
as  on  monuments,  in  its  religious  enactments : 
and  yet  it  would  not  be  impossible  to  find  an 
example  of  such  a  phenomenon.  When  the  se- 
paration of  religion  took  place  in  England,  one 
of  the  great  charges  against  the  Church  wras, 
that  it  had  abandoned  Christ  and  the  sole  trust 
in  his  blood,  and  had  rather  sought  favour  from 
saints  and  angels  ;  and  these  things  were  called 
abominations  and  foul  corruption.  Now,  if 
posterity  had  to  judge  on  this  matter,  how  asto- 
nished would  it  be  to  read  the  Act  of  5  and 
6  Edward  VI,  for  the  regulating  of  feasts,  and 
find  every  saint's  day  enjoined  to  be  kept  holy, 
which  the  Catholics  now  keep,  and  many  more ; 
but  every  day  omitted  which  in  the  leastwise 
alludes  to  the  death  and  Passion  of  our  Lord  !* 
But  amongst  us  no  such  inconsistency  will  be 
discovered.  We  profess  to  honour  Christ  and 
his  blessed  Passion  by  inward  and  devout  affec- 
tion, and  we  carefully  lay  aside  days  and  cir- 
cumstances in  which  to  testify  our  feelings. 

It  is  time,  however,  that  I  bring  you  to  some 
conclusion.  I  have  proposed  to  you  separate 
views  of  the  functions  and  offices  of  Holy  Week, 
not  as  distinct  and  divisible  prospects,  whereof 
each  may  choose  one  for  himself,  but  rather  as 

*  Statutes,  vol.  iv.  P.  i.  p.  133. 


LECTURE  THE  FOURTH.  181 

an  aggregate  of  harmonizing  sentiments,  all 
uniting  for  the  loftiest  and  holiest  of  purposes. 
The  Christian  feeling  that  Christ  is  to  be  un- 
boundedly honoured  by  the  best  of  such  gifts  as 
he  hath  bestowed  upon  man,  the  deeper  senti- 
ment, that  in  no  state  doth  he  more  deserve 
our  honour  and  affection  than  when  abased  and 
afflicted  for  our  sakes  ;  the  religious  enthusiasm 
which  such  a  contemplation  of  him  must  excite ; 
these  have  guided  the  Church,  from  age  to 
age,  in  the  formation  of  a  ceremonial  the  most 
beautiful  and  poetical ;  these  have  inspired  the 
musician  with  his  plaintive  strains  ;  these  have 
directed  the  artist's  mind  and  hand  to  conceive 
with  grandeur  and  adorn  with  solemnity  a 
theatre  befitting  so  holy,  so  great  a  celebration. 
Thus  considered,  the  subject  of  these  Discourses, 
disjointed  as  it  may  have  appeared,  receives  an 
unity ;  for  we  have  been  only  considering  the 
various  emanations  of  one  and  the  same  ruling 
influence.  Who  would  wish  that  these  things 
were  not  so  ?  Who  would  hail  with  delight  a 
reforming  power  that  should  remodel  all  that  he 
should  witness  upon  the  type  of  later  institutions, 
and  work  those  changes  which  such  an  altera- 
tion would  require  ?  Away  with  the  towering 
canopy  of  St.  Peter's  basilica,  with  its  angels  and 
cross ;  extinguish  for  ever  the  lights  that  have 
there  burnt  for  ages  ;  fill  up  the  venerable  con- 
fession where  the  apostles'  bones  have  rested, 


182  LECTURE  THE  FOURTH. 

and  hew  down  the  marble  altar ;  then  throw  a 
screen  from  side  to  side,  to  be  locked  up 
save  for  one  short  hour  ;  place  an  ordinary  table 
at  the  upper  end,  exalt  the  organ  beneath  the 
dome,  and  fill  up  the  intermediate  space  with 
pews  and  stalls.  Banish  Palestrina's  magnificent 
song  to  the  concert-room ;  shut  up  the  Sixtine 
for  a  museum,  to  be  seen  by  permission ;  abolish 
the  entire  service,  and  make  the  days  which 
solemnize  the  anniversary  of  Christ's  torments 
and  death,  undistinguishable  from  those  which 
precede  and  follow  them.  What  would  religion 
have  gained?  Would  a  purer  love  for  Him 
have  been  thus  shown  to  have  descended  among 
men  ?  Would  it  seem  to  you  that  thus  He  was 
more  truly  honoured  ?  Could  you  desire  for  a 
moment  to  see  such  changes  ? 

If  any  one's  heart  here  answer,  Yes!  I  entreat, 
I  implore  him  not  to  attend  the  offices  of  the 
next  week.  He  certainly  will  not  enjoy  them  ; 
he  certainly  will  suffer  pain,  and  moreover  find 
himself  distracted  by  them  in  that  more  spiritual 
and  peculiar  way  in  which  he  intends  to  comme- 
morate his  Saviour's  Passion.  He  will  be  doing 
even  worse,  for  he  will  necessarily  inspire  by  his 
conduct  the  feelings  of  his  neighbours.  But 
whoever  shall  go  with  a  mind  duly  prepared, 
and  with  a  heart  unprejudiced,  and  with  a  soul 
alive  to  religious  impressions,  will  not  surely 
return  disappointed. 


LKCTTUK    Til  I-     IIMKTH. 

With  these  remarks  I  take  my  leave,  conscious 
that  I  have  but  glanced  over  the  surface  of  my 
undertaking,  and  that  I  have  but  done  little 
justice  to  its  beauties.  To  do  this  wrould  require 
a  treatise  rather  than  a  few  short  essays.  I  shall 
be  satisfied,  however,  if  I  have  fulfilled  the 
moderate  promise  which  I  made  at  the  outset, 
of  presenting  such  general  views  as  might  be 
preparatory  to  appreciating  the  beauties,  and 
imbibing  the  feeling,  of  these  simple  yet  magni- 
ficent ceremonials. 


INDEX. 


GENERAL  INFORMATION. 

ARCHITECTURE. 

A ivliitcrture,  (Christian)  its  spirit,  31.— Origin,  32,  33.— Northern 

or  Gothic,  its  origin  and  spirit,  31,  32. — Comparison  brtwirn  it 

and  the  Grecian  and  Roman,  ib. 

Basilicas,  why  so  called,  30. — First  erected  by  Constantine,  ib. 
Catacombs,  Churches  in  them,  30. 

Dome  (The),  incompatible  with  columnar  architecture,  33. 
Ge"nevieve's  (St.)  33. 

Pauline  Chapel  erected  by  Paul  III,  29.— Its  paintings,  ib. 
Peter's  (St.)  its  architecture  influenced  by  the  Catholic  ceremonial, 

34. — Its  front,  36. — Painted  windows  incompatible  with  it,  37. 
Sixtine  Chapel,  erected  by  Sixtus  IV,  decorated  by  Julius  II,  28. — 

Feelings  inspired  by  it,  15. — Temples,  heathen,  omvrrtrd    into 

churches,  31 . 

MUSIC. 

Arezzo,  Guido  of,  72. 

Bordone  falso,  the  only  example  of,  sung  on  Easter  Sunday,  ib. — 

Attributed  to  Guido  of  Arezzo,  ib. 
Canto  fermo  figurato,  67-73. 
('haunt,  old  church,  rhythmic,  70. — The  only  rxaniph-  of  it  sung  on 

Good  Friday,  71. 
Chaunting  alternate,  introduced  in  the  West,  by  St.  Ambrose  ;  his 

music  probably  founded  on  the  Greek  method,  68. 
Chaunt  (plain)  used  in  the  Sixtine  choir,  67. — Introduced  by  St. 

O 


INDEX. 

Gregory,  68. — Its  qualities,  69.— Examples  of  in  Holy  Week,  ib. 
Sung  in  two  parts  in  the  mass  and  antiphons  in  the  Sixtine,  73. 

Eximeno,  his  eulogium  on  the  Pange  lingua  gloriosi,  71. 

Instruments  not  used  in  the  Sixtine,  73. — Keys,  number  of,  deter- 
mined by  an  appeal  to  Charlemagne,  69. 

Lamentations,  how  sung,  70. — Harmonized  by  Allegri  and  Pales- 
trina,  84. 

Missa  Papse  Marcelli,  81. 

Miserere,  music  of  the,  12. 

Music,  (church),  ancient  and  modern  compared,  85. — Reformed  by 
St.  Gregory  the  Great,  68. — Corruptions  introduced  after  the  re- 
turn from  Avignon,  by  the  French  choir,  73,  sqq. 

Palestrina,  his  history,  76,  sqq.— Music,  ib. — Death,  86. 

Passion  (The),  sung  by  three  interlocutors,  57-8. 

Responsories  sung  by  the  choir,  58. — Composed  by  Thomas  de  Vic- 
toria, ib. — Manner  of  singing  them  preserved  traditionally  in  the 
Pope's  choir,  59. 

Scale  (octave),  its  notes  received  their  present  names  from  St.  Gre- 
gory, 68. 

Trent,  Council  of,  forbids  profane  music  in  churches,  78. — Proceed- 
ings of  the  congregation  for  carrying  it  into  effect,  79. 

PAINTING. 

Angelico  Beato,  chapel  painted  by  him  in  the  Vatican,  25.— Pressed 
to  accept  the  archbishopric  of  Florence,  nominates  St.Antoninus,  26. 
Avanzi,  (Giacomo),  his  piety,  26. 

Bolognese  (Franco),  ib. 

Buonaroti  (Michelangelo),  employed  by  Julius  II  in  the  Sixtine,  27. 
Finishes  the  ceiling  in  twenty-two  months,  28. — Influence  of  his 
style  upon  Raffaello,  ibid. — Two  paintings  by  him  in  the  Pauline 
chapel,  29. 

Last  Judgment  (The),  16-21. 

Opie,  remarks  on  painters,  17. — Paintings  in  the  Sixtine,  their  cha- 
racter, 16,  17. — Artists  employed  on  them,  21. — Subjects,  ib. 

Perugino  (Pietro,)  his  paintings  in  the  Sixtine,  ib. 

Raffaello,  ib. 

Reynolds,  (Sir  Joshua),  remarks  on  Michelangelo,  1 

Schools  of  painting  in  Italy,  the  Byzantine,  18. — Of  Florence,  19, 


INDIA 

It>  ill-din*',  20.— Of  rmhria,itsri-e,  */,.—  Its  principal  m;M. 

The  two  latter  nnitcil  in   the  Sixtinr  ehap« •!,  il>. 
Simone  (lei  CroeelivM,  \\h\   M>  ealleo1. 
Vitule,  diseiple  of  Franco  Bolognese,  26. 

POETRY 

Dramatic,  the  pre\  ailing  eharaeter  of  the  poetry  of  these  fimetioiis, 
40.— Objections  against  this  term  removed,  46,  47. —  Kxplana- 
tion  of  it,  47,  48.— Abounds  in  the  Old  Testament,  ib.—  Ex- 
amples, il>. 

Hymns   of  Holy  Week  highly  poetical,  45.— The  Gloria  laus  et 
honor,  ib. — Story  connected  with  its  author,  ib. — The  Pange  linijnn, 
1(5. — Olliees  and    prayers,  their   deep  poetical   feeling,  4s. 
ample*  &om  the  office  of  the  dead,  48. — Of  Advent,  49. — Christ- 
mas- uay  51. 

TENEBILE. 

Derived  from  the  early  ages,  in  what  they  consist,  102. 

Lights,  custom  of  extinguishing  existed  in  the  ninth  century,  103. 

Miserere  (The),  12,  86. 

Singing,  12,  52,  67. — Sung  in  the  Gregorian  chaunt,  70. 

Time  when  sung  in  the  Sixtine,  7. 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

Agnus  Dei  blessed  by  the  Pope  in  Easter  Holy  Week,  106. 

Borromeo  (St  Charles),  his  opinion  of  Palestrina,  79. 

Boucicaut  (Marshal  de),  strict  observance  of  mortification  on  every 

Friday,  162. 

Canova,  statue  of  Clement  xin,  35,  36. 
Ceremonies,  their  influence  on  art,  35. — Instances,  49,  51. — Are  also 

monumental,  95. — Instance  in  the  office  of  St.  Martina,  97. 
Christmas-day,  poetry  of  its  office,  49. 
Crusades  influenced  by  the  ceremonies  of  Holy  Week,  167-8. 
Dominica  in  albis,  why  so  called,  110. 

Easter,  how  observed  by  Edward  III  and  the  kings  of  France,  159. 
Edward  III,  his  law  of  treason,  132. 
Eucharist  (the  blessed,)  why  not  received  by  the  laitv  in  both  kinds, 

1'24.— Ancient  canon  commanding  it  to  he  received  by  all  the 

faithful  in  England  every  Sunday  in  Lent,  Easter  Sunday,  and  the 

three  days  preceding,  17'2. 


INDEX. 

Feelings  of  sorrow  alone  suited  to  the  commemoration  of  the  suffer- 
ings of  our  Saviour,  140. — The  excitement  of  them  conducive  to 
piety,  146. — Perpetuated  in  the  church  service,  162. 

Florence,  council  of,  orders  the  Pope  on  solemn  occasions  to  be  served 
by  a  Greek  and  Latin  subdeacon  and  deacon,  130. 

Friday,  a  day  of  humiliation  on  account  of  Our  Lord's  death,  160. — 
Extract  from  Innocent  I  on  this  subject,  161. — All  knights  ex- 
pected to  fast  on  it,  ib. 

Fructuosus  (St.),  refuses  to  break  the  fast  of  Good  Friday,  160. 

Heraclius  recovers  the  relics  of  the  Passion  and  bears  them  into  Jeru- 
salem, 148. 

Lent,  a  preparation  for  Holy  Week,  117. — Sermons  preached  during 
it,  170. — Vice  restrained  by  it,  171.— Vogt's  description  of  it,  168. 

Lights,  use  of,  derived  from  the  Apostolic  times,  acknowledgments 
of  Protestant  writers,  101 . 

Martina  (St.),  her  relics  discovered  by  Urban  VIII,  he  composes  the 
hymn  for  her  office,  99. 

Mass,  instituted  by  Christ,  100.— How  divided,  ib.— Substantially 
contained  in  the  Liturgies  of  various  oriental  Churches,  101. — 
Pontifical,  celebrated  by  the  Pope  three  times  a  year,  125. 

Office  of  the  Church,  its  divisions,  etymology  of  its  names,  6. — Its 
mystic  signification,  103. — Office  and  ceremonies,  monumental  95. 
— Examples,  96-8. — In  the  Jewish  Festivals,^. — Of  the  Church 
of  England,  ib.— Office  of  the  dead  and  of  Advent,  49. 

Passion,  devotion  to  the,  of  various  saints,  177-9. 

Penitents  received  absolution  during  Holy  Week  in  the  ancient 
church,  107. — This  custom  preserved  at  Rome,  108. 

Retreats,  spiritual,  observed  by  all  classes  in  Rome,  France,  Italy,!  70. 

Sitientes  Sunday,  10,  note. 

Sorrow,  festivals  of,  observed  by  various  oriental  nations,  174. 

Stations,  meaning  of  the  term,  1 1 8. — Their  recurrence  marked  in  the 
Missal,  119. 

Symphosius,  Amalarius,  confounded  by  Benedict  XIV  with  Amala- 
rius  Fortunatus,  103. 

Tapestries  of  Raffaello  formerly  displayed  in  the  Sixtine  chapel,  15. 

Theodulf,  author  of  the  Gloria  laus,  &c.  45. 

Tickets  for  seeing  the  ceremonies  of  Holy  Week  in  Rome,  how  ob- 
tained, 9,  note. 


IMMA 

Truce  of  God,  its  origin  and  length,  1«>1.— Obsened  in  England  ami 
other  eonntries,  eonlirmed  by  popes  ;ind  eouneils,  166. 

I'nhersities  in  England  preserve  tin-  institutions  of  their  Catholie 
founders,  133. 

Victoria  (Thomas  de),  composer  of  the  responsories  of  tin-  Passion,  f>8. 

Week  (Holy),  its  various  names,  4. — Its  objtrt,  5.  —General  effect  of 
its  office,  64-5. — Princes  laid  aside  their  state  during  it,  1  17-8. — 
How  observed  by  St.  Elizabeth,  149.— Described  by  St.  .Mm 
Chrysostom,  153. — Its  influence  on  the  feudal  system,  1(53,  and 
on  the  Crusades,  1  (57. 

OFFICES  OF  PARTICULAR  DAYS 

Palm  Sunday. 
Ceremonies  observed,  5. 
Dramatic  character  of  its  office,  52. 
Hymn  sung  on  it ;  its  author  Theodulf,  45. 
Origin  of  the  name,  4. 

Palms  blessed  by  the  pope,  54. — Antiquity  of  this  rite,  118. 
Passion  sung,  6,  57. — Contains  twenty-one  responsories,  59. 
Procession  with  palms,  its  mystical  meaning,  54-5. 
Responsories,  examples  of,  59. 
Stabat  Mater,  composed  by  Palestrina,  sung  at  the  offertory,  84. 

Wednesday. 

Lamentation  (first,)  harmonized  by  Palestrina,  84.    See  Tenebrte. 
Maundy  Thursday. 

Altars  uncovered,  126.— Washing  of  in  St.  Peter's,  ib.— This  cere- 
mony once  general,  ib. — Formerly  practised  in  England,  127. 

Benediction  (papal),  at  St.  Peter's,  8. 

Cardinal-Penitentiary  goes  to  St.  Peter's  and  Sta.  Maria  Maggiore, 
reason  explained,  108. 

Communion  formerly  ordered  to  be  received  by  all  the  faithful  in 
England  on  this  day,  172. 

Lamentation, harmonized  by  Allegri,  Hi. 

Maundy  Thursday,  origin  of  the  English  name,  8. 

Miserere,  composed  by  Bai,  86. 

Pavement  aneiently  washed  on  this  day,  lUii   -Reason  of  this  rite,  ib. 


INDEX. 

Prisoners,  formerly  released  in  France,  154, 

Washing  the  feet  of  the  poor  and  of  pilgrims,  9,  62. — Its  dramatic 

effect,  63-4.— Practised  by  St.  Elizabeth,  149.— Still  practised  in 

the  Hospital  of  the  Pilgrims  at  Rome,  151. 

Good  Friday. 

Cardinals,  their  robes  of  serge,  not  of  silk,  65. 

Ceremonies  observed,  9. 

Church  prays  publicly  for  her  enemies,  &c.  157. 

Cross,  adoration  of,  meaning  of  the  term,  114-15. — Its  origin,  111, 
112. — Practised  in  the  East,  112. — Catholic  doctrine  respecting  it 
explained,  113. — Confirmed  by  examples  from  antiquity,  ib. 

Elizabeth  (St.),  her  manner  of  celebrating  this  festival,  150. 

Entertainments  forbidden,  162. 

Epistle,  sung  anciently  in  Greek  and  Latin,  this  custom  revived  by 
Benedict  XIII,  129. 

Eucharist,  the  blessed,  anciently  ordered  to  be  received  by  all  on  this 
day  in  England,  172. 

Gospel,  anciently  sung  in  Greek  and  Latin,  129. 

Improperia,  10. — Their  antiquity,  119. 

Injuries,  forgiveness  of,  on  this  day,  example  of  St.  John  Gualbert 
and  others,  155-6. 

Lamentation  (the  first),  harmonized  by  Allegri,  84. 

Miserere  (Allegri's),  its  character,  86,  sqq. 

Name,  origin  of  the,  9. 

Pange  Linyua,  sung,  46. — This  hymn  the  only  remnant  of  the  an- 
cient rhythmic  style,  71. 

Passion  (The),  9. — Contains  fourteen  responses  sung  by  the  choir, 
59. — Manner  of  singing  the  last  of  them,  60. 

Prisoners  released  on  this  day,  examples  from  ancient  and  modern 
practice,  153. 

Relics  of  the  Passion  exposed  in  St.  Peter's,  10. 

Sepulchre  (The),  a  dramatic  representation  of  Our  Saviour's  passion, 
63. 

Tenebra?,  84. — The  prayer  of  Jeremiah,  70. 

Vestments,  black,  65. 

Holy  Saturday. 
Baptism  solemnly  conferred  at  Rome,  108-9. — Lessons  read  to  the 


INDIA 

catechumens,  109.— Were  sung  anciently  in  Greek  and  in  Latin, 

129. 

Catechumens'  visit  to  St.  Peter's,  111. 
Font,  blessing  of,  109. 

1  ''unctions  in  St.  John  l^ateran,  10.  —In  theSixtine  chapel,  11. 
Mass  sung  at  the  Sixtine,  composed  by  Palestrina,  81.— Derives  its 

rites  and  terms  from  the  early  Church,  102. 
Orders  conferred  at  St.  John  Lateran's,  10. 
Paschal  candle  blessed,  antiquity  of  the  rite,  104.— Described  by 

several  ancient  fathers,  105. — The  music  of  the  blessing,  a  perfect 

specimen  of  plain  chaunt,  70. 

Easter  Sunday. 

Functions,— High  Mass  in  St.  Peter's,  11.— The  Gloria  Patri,  how 
sung,  72.— The  papal  benediction,  11,  37,  106. 

Ceremony  of  embracing  the  cardinal  deacons,  63. — The  chalice  re- 
ceived through  a  silver  tube,  125. — This  custom  anciently  general, 
ib. — The  Pope  attended  by  a  Greek  and  Latin  deacon  and  sub- 
deacon,  130. — Who  sing  the  Epistle  and  Gospel  in  their  own 
language,  ib. — Reason  of  this  custom,  ib. 

Illumination,  11. 

Name,  English,  its  meaning,  1 1. 

Princes,  their  generosity  at  Easter,  155. — Manner  in  which  they  ob- 
served Easter-tide,  159. 


C.  RICHARDS,  PRINTER,  ST.  MARTIN'S  LANE,  CHARING  CROSS. 


Wiseman,   Nicholas  P. 


264.02  91710 

W755 

Wiseman,  Nicholas  P. 

Four  lectures  on  the  offices  and  cere- 
monies of  Holy  Week